)|i I, i||iil,li lii H 





Class. 
Book 



^a 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2011 with funding from 
The Library of Congress 



http://www.archive.org/details/souvenirclubbookOOprov 



Providence Belting Qo. 






MANUFACTURERS OF. 



>ll 



n III 

111: i 1 ' Mil 

WtlM i; 

nil dk 



SURFACE VIEW OF OUR COPPER WIRE 
SEWED OAK LEATHER BELTING. 



•AK TANNED 
LEATHER BELTING 



YV7E are equipped with SPECIAL MACHINERY 

W for the manufacture of LEATHER FOR 

COVERING WORSTED ROLLS..*.*.*.* 



iSiilf i 






SECTIONAL VIEW. 



WaTER PROOF 
C0PPER WIRE SEWED 

Oak Leather Belting 





FOLDED TWIST BELTING. 



SOLE MANUFACTURERS OF THE 



FOLDED TWIST BELTING. 



-^^p*-^ 



ALL SIZES OF BELTS. 



Office and Factory: 



Nos. 37 to 39 CHARLES STREET, PROVIDENCE, R. I, 



BRANCHES ■ \ °' MACWATTY > JK - * CO., 69 Centre Street, NEW YORK. 

( HOLT, SHATTUCK & CO., 45, 47 and 49 Charlestown Street, BOSTON, MASS. 



INTRODUCTORY. 




His Souvenir Club Book of the Providence Athletic Association is published to present some adequate illustration of 
the opportunities the Club affords. It forms the expression of a wish that has been cherished for several years, and is now 
made possible by the cooperation of business men in Providence and other cities. 

The publishers are (i. L. Doane & Co., of Boston, well known in the trade. The many photographs of the building 
were taken by the Providence Albertype Co., and the artistic groups are from the Pierce Studio, Providence. The half-tone illustrating is 
the high-grade work of the Rhode Island Photo-Engraving Co. The composition and presswork is by the Journal of Commerce Co. 
Greal credit is due to all of these for their earnest cooperation in securing a successful result. Warm thanks are due also to the colabor- 
ators for their expert presentation of the uses of the different departments in the Club House. 

Besides the P. A. A. Constitution, By-Laws, House Rules and Membership Lists, a valuable feature of this book consists of its 
collection of Rules for Sports. Most of these rules are re-published from Spalding's Athletic Library, by the courtesy of the American 
Sports Advertising Agency, publishers. 



Edward H. Tingley, ^ 



Pardon Miller, 



i 

r 



William M. P. Bo wen, J 



Committee on 
Publications. P. A. A. 




P. A. A. CLUB HOUSE. 




ALL HATS 



CONTAINING THIS 
WELL KNOWN 



TRADE MARK 



ARE 



Superior in Quality 



AND 



^Correct in Style 




tt 



Gloves, Neckwear, White and Fancy Shirts, Hosiery, 
Sweaters, Gymnasium Suits, Etc*, Etc*^^*^^^^^ 



PROVIDENCE. 
R.I. 



HARSON'S HATS ARE THE BEST/' 



HARSON'S, 



196-198-200 Westminster Street, 
PROVIDENCE, R. L 



SOUVENIR CLUB BOOK 



OF THE 



Providence Athletic Association 



PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 



PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE GOVERNING COMMITTEE 



Committee on Publication 



EDWARD H. TINGLEY 

PARDON MILLER 
WILLIAM M. P. BOWEN 



1899 









D. RUSSELL BROWN. PRESIDE? 



H MARTIN BROWN, SECRETARY 



CHARLES H. CHILD, TREASURER. 



Brown Brothers Company, ^nerau 

MILL FURNISHERS. 



62 EXCHANGE PLACE, PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



A 1 i >ak Leather Belting 
Anne Tenter Clothing. 
Asbestos Packings. 

Babbitt Metal. 

Bale Rope. 

Baling Press. 

Baling Twine. 

Banding. 

Baskets. 

Bells. 

Bell < lenient. 

licit Clamps. 

licit Dressings. 

licit Books. 

licit Lacing. 

licit Leather. 

licit Machinery . 

Belting. 

Bobbins. 

Boiler Flue Cleaners. 

Bolts. 

Bos ( lasters. 

Brooms. 

Brushes. 

< lans, le>\ me;. 
Card Clothing. 
( lard ' frinders. 
Chucks. 

( Hearer < !lo1 h. 

< Hocks, Watch man's. 
i lombs, Slasher. 

( ' I I J . |!ll\C-,. 

( !op Tubes. 



Copper Stamps for Cloth. 

Crayons. 

Doffing Boxes. 
Drawing-in Frames. 
Drills. 

Drop Wires. 
Emery. 



I leddles. 
Heddle Frames. 
Hose Carriages. 
Hose. 

Kettles for Sizing. 
Keys and Cotters. 

Lace Leather. 



Loom Shuttles. 
Loom Strapping. 
Loom Temples. 
Loom Bands. 
Lug Straps. 

Oil Filters. 
Oil Tanks. 






3 0000 ^ 



BROWN BROS. CO. 



GENERAL.. 



Nlill Furnishers, 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



50 

I 



Emery Wheels. 

Fire Hose. 
Fire Pails. 
Fire Extinguishers. 

< rauge Glasses. 
Harness Cotton. 



Lamb Skins. 
Lathes. 
Leather. 

Leather oid Baskets. 
Loom Brushes. 
Loom Forks. 
Loom Pickers. 
Loom Reeds. 



Oil Tester. 

Oilers, Engineers' Sets. 

Oilers, Shafting. 

Packings, Steam. 
Perforated Copper. 
Perforated Steel. 
Perforated Tin. 



STEEL SPLIT PULLEYS. 



Picker Leather. 
Pipe Tools. 
Press Paper. 

Reed Hooks. 

Reeds. 

Ring Travelers. 

Roll Coverers 1 Cloth. 

Roll Coverers 1 Leather. 

Roll Coverers 1 Machinery. 

Roving Cans. 

Roving Reels. 

Roving Scales. 

Russia Isinglass. 

Saddles. 
Scales. 
Shuttles. 
Slasher Cloth. 
Slasher Combs. 
Sheep Skins. 
Stripping Cards. 

Tapes. 

Travelers. 

Twines. 

Vises. 

Waste Cans. 
Wire Heddles. 
Wood Pulleys. 
Wrenches. 
Wool Skins. 



K PUBL. 



>\ I -\t\f 



P. A. A. OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES, 

1 899- 1 900. 



President 
Vice-Presidents 

Secretary 
Treasurer 



OFFICERS. 



John Shepard, Jr. 

William W. Douglas. 
John J}. Kelly. 

William M. P. Bowen. 

William C. Baker. 



GOVERNING COMMITTEE. 



To serve until 1900. 
Frank A. Buckhout, William W. Douglas, 

Harry C. Curtis, Herbert R. Lowe, 

C. Frank Parkhurst. 

To serve until 1901. 
William C. Baker, George L. Shepley, 

William M. P. Bowen, William G. Titcomb. 



To serve until 1902. 
William J. Feeley, William H. Morgan, 

John B. Kelly, Harvey F. Payton, John Shepard, Jr. 

To serve until 1903. 
Walter W. Burnham, Herbert B. Ellis, 

E. Russell Richardson, James M. Smith, 

Edward II. Tingle} . 



B.W. PECK & SON, 

!Painters 



INTERIOR DECORATORS 

AND 

PAPER HANGERS. 
128 and 130 Richmond Street, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



THE GORHAM CO. 




We use the 


is a large consumer 




LIBBEY GLASS 


of our Glass. 


We detail 


Exclusively 



i/iich Cut Slass 

'Direct from Our factory 

jit factory !P?ices. 

Our Stock of*. . . 

American Cut Slass 

is the jCargest in this Citj/. 



Whist Prizes 



Wedding Sifts 



jrCoiiday ^Presents 



Jrope Slass u/or/cs. 

Salesroom and factory, 

77 !Page Street, 
WtUiam j<? Socy, 7?? 9 r. J rovtdence, */t. J. 



STANDING COMMITTEES. 



House. — John Shepard, Jr., Harvey F. Payton, Edward H. 
Tingley, William G. Titcomb. 

Finn nee. — William C. Baker, John Shepard, Jr., George L. 
Shepley. 

Athletics. — Herbert B. Ellis, Charles H. Merriman, Edward S. 
Allen, M. D., Benjamin F. Briggs, P. Keefe, M. D., Frank A. 
Buckhout, William J. Feeley. 

Athletic Ground*. — William C. Baker, William H. Morgan, 
C. Frank Parkhurst, William G. Titcomb, Samuel Ames. 

Bath*. — Harry C. Curtis, William H. Morgan, Henry E. 
Tiepke, Charles W. Higgins, M. D., Waldo H. Stone, M. D. 



Billiards. — James M. Smith, Andrew B. Eddy, Arthur A. 
Carpenter. 

B*wliw/. — Charles F. Smith, John B. Kelly, Frederick W. 
Godfrey. 

Cycling. — Frank A. Buckhout, James M. Smith, James Smith, 
Harvey F. Payton, Herbert B. Ellis, John B. Branch, Sidney R. 
Burleigh. 

Social Entertainments. — George A. Wall, Edward H. Tingley, 
Albert Steinert, C. Frank Parkhurst, Herbert R. Lowe, E. Russell 
Richardson. 

Membership. — William M. P. Bowen, William C. Baker, Wil- 
liam W. Douglas, C. Frank Parkhurst, Charles Alexander. 



SPECIAL COMMITTEES. 



Card Games. — George L. Shepley, George H. Robinson, George 
H. Newhall, Walter H. Barney, Jesse B. Sweet, Benjamin B. Man- 
chester, Frederick T. Rogers, Walter H. Sweet. 

Publications'.— Edward H. Tingley, Pardon Miller, William M. 
P. Bowen. 

Art.— Walter A. Peck, Isaac C. Bates, Edward S. Allen, M. I)., 



Walter Callender, Arthur II. Watson, Fenner H. Peekham, Jr., 
M. D., John Jenckes, Henry J. Spooner, M. Joseph Harson, Edward 
D. Bassett, Albert A. Baker, Alpheus B. Slater, Benjamin C. Glad- 
ding, George L. Shepley. 

Ladies' Committee. — Mrs. William W. Douglas, Chairman; 
Miss Alice R. Collins, Secretary; Mrs. E. Frank Aldrich, Mrs. 
John Shepard, Jr., Miss Amie H. Taft. 



KKAL F.STATK 

I\ \l [ PARTS OF 

INK Cl IN AND STATB. 



ISAAC L. GOFF CO. 



INSURANCK, 

Fire, Accident, 
Plate Glass, Etc. 



37 WEYBOSSET STREET. 



155 Main STREET, PAWTUCKET, R. I. 

Tel. 4385. 



Long Distance Telephone 
Nos. 625 — 679. 



HOMES ON EASY TERMS. 



LOANS NEGOTIATED. 
ESTATES CARED FOR. 



Beautiful Summer Homes in the Mountains and at the Seashore, 
For Sale and to Rent. 



MORTGAGES FORECLOSED. 
AUCTIONEERS... 




J. H. HAGAN CO. 



46=48 PINE STREET 



40=48 PECK STREET. 



Importers** Jobbers*~Bottlers 

KING'S BOHEMIAN BEER, 

^HARVARD ALE 



Telephone No. 174. 
10 



Bottled for Family Trade. 




HIS EXCELLENCY ELISHA DYER. 
Governor of Rhode Island. 



11 



QEO. L QLflFLlN & 09. 

Wholesale * and ■* Retail ^ Druggists 

(IMPORTERS) 

Physicians', Druggists' and lewelers' Supplies. 

INVALID ROLLER CHAIRS - 




PECIHITII 



A 
A 



FOE THE SDOf lOOFU 



*» 



BED - SIDE TABLES - 

SURGICAL APPLIANCES, E 



TC. 



Prescription Work a Specialty 



«§M§ M §|„ i §n§H§> 



6a-04-68-70-7^ SOUTH MAIN ST 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 

12 




HON. WILLIAM C. BAKER, MAYOR OF PROVIDENCE. 

Treasurer Providence Athletic Association. 



13 



1 HEADQUARTERS FOR 

PAINTS, VARNISH, 
WINDOW GLASS, GLUE, 



Drugs and (Chemicals 

Starkweather & Williams Go. 

47 EXCHANGE PLACE, 

mM>mmwM providence, r. i. 



14 




ENTRANCE TO CLUB HOUSE. 



15 



1 

I 

1 

1 



1 



III 



Gas stoves, gas ranges, 

AND OTHER 

GAS APPLIANCES*^ 




1 5 Market Square, 
r PROVIDENCE, R. I. m 




is 



JKga ^s^^o 



lti 



CHARTER. 



STATE OF RHODE ISLAND, ETC., IN GENERAL ASSEMBLY, JANUARY SESSION, A. D. J 89 J. 



AN ACT 

To Incorporate the "Providence Athletic 

Association.'" 

It is enacted by the General Assembly as follows: 

Section 1. — Sayer Hasbrouck, William M. P. 
Bowen, Alonzo E. Hint, William II. Wing, Howard 
L. Perkins, Charles II. llowland, Stephen Waterman, 
John Shepard, Jr., Hiram Kendall, Edward II. Ting- 
ley and George L. Shepley, their associates and suc- 
cessors, arc hereby made a corporation by the name 
of the "Providence Athletic Association," for the 
promotion of sound physical culture, the encourage- 
ment and enjoyment of athletic sports and pastimes, 
the development of social intercourse and for other 
similar purposes, with all the powers and privileges, 
and subject to all the duties and liabilities set forth 
in Chapter 152 of the Public Statutes, and in any 
acts in amendment thereof, or in addition thereto. 

Sec. 2. — Said corporation may take, hold, trans- 
mit and convey real and personal estate to an 
amount not exceeding one hundred and fifty thou- 
sand dollars. 

Sec. 3. — Said corporation shall have an office in 
the City of Providence. 

(Passed May 1, 1891.) 
A true copy. 

Attest : 
[Sgd.] EDWIN D. McGTJINNESS, 

Secretary of State. 




AN ACT 

In amendment ok "An Act to Incorporate 
the 'Providence Athletic Associa- 
tion,' PASSED AT THE JANUARY 

Session, A. 1). 1891." 

// is enacted by the General Assembly asfollows: 

Section 1. — Section 2 of "An Act to incorporate 
the 'Providence Athletic Association,' passed at 
the January Session, A. D. 1891," is hereby 
amended so as to read as follows : 

"Sec. 2.— Said corporation may take, hold, 
transmit and convey real and personal estate to 
an amount not exceeding two hundred and fifty 
thousand dollars." 

Sec. 2. — This act shall take effect immediately 
after its passage. 

STATE OF RHODE ISLAND AND PROVI- 
DENCE PLANTATIONS. 

Office of the Secretary of State, 
Providence, September 30th, 1891. 
1 certify the foregoing to be a true copy of an 
act passed by the General Assembly of said State 
on the fourth day of August, 1891. 

In testimony whereof, I have here- 
unto set my hand and affixed the 
seal of the State aforesaid, the 
date first above written. 
[Sgd.] GEO. H. UTTER, 

Secretary of State. 




AN ACT 

In amendment of "An Act to Incorporate 
the 'Providence Athletic Associa- 
tion,' passed at the Jani ai:\ 
Skssion, A. D. 1891." 

// is enacted by ///' General Assembly asfollows : 

Section 1. — Section 2 of "An Act to incorporate 
the 'Providence Athletic Association, 1 passed at the 
January Session, A. D. 1891," is hereby amended so 
as to read as follows : 

"Sec. 2. — Said corporation may take, hold, trans- 
mit and convey real and personal estate to an amount 
not exceeding four hundred thousand dollars." 

Sec. 2. — This act shall take effect immediately 
after its passage. 

STATE OF RHODE ISLAND. 
OFFICE of 
The Secretary of State, 

Providence, March 2d, 1895. 

I certify the foregoing to be a true copy of an act 
passed by the General Assembly of said State on the 
first day of March, A. D. 1895. 

. — ' — , In testimony whereof, I have here- 

SEAI I unto set my hand and affixed the 

OF THE V 

state 1 seal of the State aforesaid, the date 

and year above mentioned. 
[Sgd.] CHARLES P. BENNETT, 

Secretary of State. 



17 




Manufacturers 
National 

Bank 

73 Westminster St. 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



Capital $500,000 

Surplus and Undivided 

Profits over . . 300,000 



GILBERT A. PHILLirs, President. 

G. W. LANPHEAR, Cashier. 



VIEW OF THE LOBBY OF MANUFACTURERS NATIONAL BANK. 



IS 













\ vi 


^BjdJ 


■p.. /T^^t 




fc^K" >^B 4 




a v 







COL. GEORGE L. SHEPLEV, 
Ex-President P. A. A. 



19 




INTERIOR 

BLACKSTONE CANAL NATIONAL BANK, 

20 MARKET SQUARE (First Floor), PROVIDENCE, R. I. 
CAPITAL, 500,000. SURPLUS AND UNDIVIDED PROFITS, $150,000. 

Interest Allowed on Deposits. New Business Solicited. 

Wm. Ames, President. Herhert F. Hinckley, Vice-President. Oren Westcott, Cashier. 



20 




JOHN SHEPARD, JR., 
President P. A. A. 



21 



1 he IVlutual Life Insurance v^ompany 

of JN ew Y ork 

Richard A. McCurdy, President. 

The "Old Mutual" marks another era and makes a new record. 
On March 31st, 1899, insurance in force on the books of the Company had 
reached the marvelous sum of 

$1,000,831,293 

The guaranteed cash values and loans at 5%, together with extended insurance 
covering a long period of years during which no premium is required, have made the 
new contract of "The Mutual Life" a record breaker. 

Send your age to the nearest Agent of the Company, and a sample contract 
will be furnished. 

FREDERICK H.JACKSON, general agent, 

49 Westminster Street, Providence, R. I. 



22 





HON. WM. W. DOUGLAS, 
Vice-President P. A. A. 



JOHN B. KELLY, 
Vice-President P. A. A. 



23 








THE SHEPARD COMPANY STORES. 



24 




WM. M. P. BOWEN, 
Secretary of Providence Athletic Association. 



25 



NOTICE 



E. J. KNIGHT & CO., 

BANKERS 

Banigan Building 



Telephone 1647 



Providence, R. I. 

We are making a specialty of mining propositions and stocks, and have every facility for buyini 

and selling to the best possible advantage, as we are members of the New York 

and Denver Mining Stock Exchanges, and are in close touch with all 

mining operations. Mr. E.J. Knight was formerly a mining 

expert and chemist, and is thoroughly posted on 

mining and treatment of ores. 



/yon ' / invest in mining propositions 
through irresponsible and 
unknown parties. 




& 



II U through, people who are compe- 
tent to judge of /•(/lues, (/nil can 
give yon definite information. 



26 




P. A. A. GOVERNING COMMITTEE AND TRIVATE DINING ROOM. 



27 



OWEN E. LEAVENS & CO. 



CHOICE LINES IN 



and 



men's fine Rats 
Tumisbind Goods.. 



♦ 



FINE SHIRTS CAREFULLY MADE TO ORDER. 



AGENTS FOR THE 



Dr. Jaeger's Sanitary Woolen 
System Co, 



♦ 



cS6 Westminster Street, 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



Henley & Sullivan, 

19 WESTMINSTER STREET. 

ESTABLISHED. 

CUSTOM. 1812— CALEB ARNOLD, 21 North Main Street. 
Custom. 1862— ARNOLD & SULLIVAN, 54 North Main Street. 
Retail f 1878— ARNOLD, SULLIVAN & HENLEY, 15 North Main Street. 
and \ 1887— ARNOLD, SULLIVAN & HENLEY, 19 Westminster Street. 
Custom ( 1889-HENLKY & SULLIVAN, 19 Westminster Street. 



Men's Shoes at Popular Prices. 
BLACK...RUSSETS...LOW SHOES 

ELEGANT NEW GOODS. 

S6.00 r-</> ,-^t^ A r^,, »- K r^r- [jjSe.OO 

S5.50 8S READY MADE m s$5.5o 

S5.00 ^ » H $5.00 

TO ORDER-BENCH MADE. 

S13.00-CUSTOM MADE-S13.00 

MADE IN OUR OWN SHOP. 



BEST 3.50 SHOE MADE. 



$3.50 "WALK-OVER" LINE $3.50 

T All Shapes. New Styles. All Widths. T 

Store closes 6.30 p. m., Saturday 9 p. m. 

HENLEY & SULLIVAN, 

Custom Shoe Makers and Retailers of Men's Fine Shoes, 

19 Westminster Street. 



28 




COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS. 



29 



ft! 
if 

i 



m 

m 



4 



m 



Starkweather & Shepley, 

Fire, Marine an . d Casualty Insurance, 



Geo. L. Shepley. 
Geo. C. Neweli. 



17 Custom House Street, 

PROVIDENCE, R. 



m 

m 






m 



f 



m 

w 



30 




THE NEW RHODE ISLAND STATE HOUSE. 



31 



^Ibe flntbwap" 



DESIRES TO CALL YOUR ATTEN= 
TION TO THE MATTER OF 
WHERE TO BUY YOUR TO 3 



SHOES 



WE SIMPLY SUGGEST: 
GO TO "THE MIDWAY" SHOE 
EMPORIUM. 



Their Motto is: "SHOES FOR AND TO FIT EVERYBODY." 

<#$> C. F. GOODWIN CO. 



FIRST AND SECOND FLOORS, 
769 WESTMINSTER ST. 



W. H. LCLAND & CO. 




esipng and Hngraving on Mood 



PHOTOGRAPHING 
PROCESS ENGRAVING AND ELECTROTYPING 



96 Westminster St. 



Providence, H- !"• 



B2 




THE GRILL ROOM, P. A. A. 



33 




iSmmmam Ifffir. 411111 










DODGE & CAMEIELD, 



Direct 




MPORTERS. 



DUFF GORDON 
SHERRY/ 




56 and 59 Exchange Place, Providence, R. I. 



G.L.& H.J. GROSS, 



General 
Insurance Agents. 




ROOM 2, BANIGAN BUILDING, 



PROVIDENCE, R. L 



:;i 




BOARD OF TRADE DINNER, TENDERED TO MEXICAN, CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICAN VISITORS, 

JUNE 17, 1897, AT THE P. A. A. 



35 





~3 


— 


— 


- 


-+ 


t/> 


n 


r+ 


ry 


^^ 






,. ■ >. 


n 


3 

r+ 
7' 

Z 


fl 
< 


c: 

i 

H 




ft 
r> 

r-f- 
<-f 

o" 


r-f 
^< 

3" 

- 


5 
cr 

(X 

3 

Cl 

a 


3 
O 

r-f 

rr 
ft 


O 
Cl 

X" 

o 


o 

fD 

sa 

— : 

55" 




c 

Q 

o 


( 


r- 

O 

H 




O 
H 




D 


n 

rv 


ft 




cr 
ft 


o 


7. 


3' 

CTQ 




z 




fq' 


— 

(X 

n 


> 

H 
m 


r+ 


T3 

fD 


r-f 


r-f 

r-f 

zr 


o 
c 


fD 
< 
ft 


fD 

P 

Cu 




o 




_r 


r-f 


» 


**■ 


pa 


po 


— 


^< 


v: 








• 


** 


*• 


V) 


i 


C/l 


r+ 


r-f 


1 






1Q 

ft 


Cl 


w 

% 


O 

c 


— f. 

o 




3 

ft 


= • 


r-. 


ft 




*n 


rt 





fl 

r-f 


O 


EL 


ft 


"• 


z 


W 


ja 


r-f 




c 


or 

r-i- 
/ 


r- 




o 

a 


g 


O 


r™ 


ft 


en 


< 

a 


7' 




C/) 




Z 




5 


— : 


PO 


ft 


£i 


T 


2, 






I 




•pt 


o 


v. 


f- f 


(X 


3 




ft 


f-f 


pa 




r— 4 




Z 

n 

i: 
i 


o 
'/. 
a 


r, 
pa 


o 

a 

V. 

O 


r-f 
O 

— 

rt 


i 

ft> 
pa 

— t 


c 

3 
C- 
ft 
— { 


r-f 


re 


r-f 

g 

a 

3 

r-f 




z 

a 

C/5 


"2. 


*< 


y 


,-f 


O 


c 


_. 


t/i 


— 


-h 




v"»v 


a 
rt 


O 


(T) 
T3 




o 


t/1 


< 

ft 


§ 


ft 


ft 


^ 


O 


V) 


ISl 

C 


•a 


o 


ft 


n. 


«< 


^ 


fl) 


rt 
o 


a 


c 

C/3 


/ 
— h 


r+ 

o 


Pi 

n 






"•< 


2 


ft 
< 


n 


c 


5T 


r 


r. 


i-< 


G - 


£ 


ft 


~ 


5 


a 


o 


s 


ft 


S 


5" 


o 


~ 




V 


CP5 


■d 


>< 


J", 


3 


pa 


H 




o 
5 






T3 
r- f 


ft 

P3 

3 


a 
n 

r-f 
r+ 


pa 

r-f 


1 q 

(a 

3 


Cl 

ft 

r-f 

o 


t/i 

a 
n 


z 








a> 


rt 


i 


Cl 


ft 


O 


C 




— 




IT 

i 


r- 
— : 


— h 
o 

3 


t/i 

r-f 
ft) 


O 

— t 

7- 
O 


o 


V)_ 

3 




ft 

< 

CD 


ft 


— 


» 


> 






*"^ 


^J- 


O 


pa 


a 


n 






^ 




H 


r+ 

r+ 

n 


v. 


2. 


fD 
■/ 

r-f 

.r- 


Cl 


r-f 

a' 


r-f 
O 


? 


cr 
ft 




X 




CD 


— : 


r-f 
PS 




-r 
ft 


fD 




x> 


n 


r+ 

7Q 

O 

o 

Q, 

C/J 


'Si 


D 






r-f 
(11 


O 

o 






oT 


r^ 


rt 
o 

r-f 


o 


r-f 







CO 



^ S 



-< 

O 

c 

CO 

— t . 

fD 

5' 

r-f 

ro 

Cl 



on' 



ro 
oo 

(D 

CL 

0) 

CO 

— ( 

r-f 

3 

0) 

r—f 

00 

o 

O 

c 

oo 
i—f 
o 

— t 

ro 

i 

i 



CfQ 
O 

o 

Cl 



CO 



3 
Cl 

"-t 

a> 



ro __: 



Z 3 

fD ft) 

a i? 

^ a o^ 

00 u ' 



CO 

3 
Cl 

m 

c 



00 

rr 

5' 

Cfq 

00 



CO 



3" 
fD 
— t 
00 



Cl 
O 

3 
O 



fD 
T3 



cr 

fD 

— s 

fD 

r-f 

3* 
fD 

"<; 

CO 
■-t 

fD 

00 
3" 
O 



CL 

00 

fD 



fD 

a> 
i 

CO 
3 
Cl 




o 

o 



3 

aq 

Co 
3 
Cl 

-n 

c 



00 

3; 
3' 

CfQ 
00 

3* 
fD 
^< 

^ 

CO 

3 



O 

c 



3 
Cl 



3" 
fD 



CO 

o 



fD 

CO 
— « 

fD 

fD 
00 

-a 



fD 
3 
Cl 
00 



CO 

3 
o 

3 

aq 



3* 
fD 

CO 
I— f 

3; 

fD 

r-f 

o' 



o 



fD aq 



> 

CD 
<— ►- 

P 

3 

I— » • 

3 



3 
< 



o 

3 





-a 
— t 
o 
1 




fD 

3 



36 



CONSTITUTION. 



ARTICLE I. — Name. — This corporation shall be known as the 
" Providence Athletic Association. " 

ARTICLE II. — Objects. — The objects of this Association 
shall be the promotion of sound physical culture, the encouragement 
and enjoyment of athletic sports and pastimes, the development of 
social intercourse, and other similar purposes. 

ARTICLE III.— Membership.— The membership of this 
Association shall be limited to such number as the Governing Com- 
mittee may from time to time determine. No person shall be eligible 
to membership who is under eighteen years of age at the time of his 
election. 

None but active or life members shall be entitled to vote or be 
eligible to office. 

Termination of membership, from any cause whatsoever, shall 
operate as a release of all right or title to, or interest in, the property 
and assets of the Association. 

Persons under eighteen years of age, or persons temporarily 
residing in Providence or vicinity, and ladies and other persons, may 
be admitted to privileges of the Association, under such rules and 
regulations as the Governing Committee may prescribe. 

ARTICLE IV. — Meetings of the Association. — The annual 
meeting shall be held on the fourth Monday of April, for the election 
of members of a Governing Committee and such other business as 
may be brought before it. If no quorum is present, the presiding 
officer may adjourn the meeting to any other day within two weeks, 
with the same effect as if held above. None but members shall 
be present at a meeting. Fifty active members shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business. 



At the annual meeting the order of business shall lie as follows : 
Reports and communications. 
New business. 
Election of members of the Governing Committee. 

A special meeting of the Association shall be called whenever 
the Governing Committee shall deem one necessary, or whenever 
twenty-five active members of the Association shall make to the 
President a written request for the same, and specifying the object 
of the meeting ; and no other business than that specified in the 
notice shall be transacted at that meeting. 

Notices of each annual meeting of the Association and notices 
of each adjourned meeting or special meeting shall lie mailed to 
each member at least five days before the meeting. Notice published 
in the Triangle or other official publication of this Association, and 
mailed as aforesaid, shall be legal notice under this constitution. 

ARTICLE V. — Government. — The entire government and 
management of the Association, the making, amendment, and sus- 
pension of By-Laws and House Rules, the making of contracts and 
the execution of instruments, except for the conveyance of real 
estate, shall be entrusted to a Governing Committee of twenty of its 
active members, a majority of whom shall constitute a quorum. 

This Committee shall be divided into four classes, of five each. 
to serve for four years each, or until the election and qualification 
of the successors, one class retiring every year, when the Association 
shall elect the successors. 

The Committee shall, at a meeting to be held as soon after the 
annual meeting as possible, elect from its own body a President, 
two Vice-Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, who shall be the 



37 




'3 





Plummer Steam Boiler 

with WATER FRONT 



FOR HEATING HOT WATER TANK CONNECTED 
TO HOUSE PLUMBING. 



it 



LEADER" STEAM and WATER 

PORTABLE BOILERS 



CAN BE SEEN AT OUR OFFICE. 



Putnam Foandry & fflaehine Co. 

No. 73 SOUTH HAIN STREET, 



THE 

BRICK SET 
PLUMMER BOILER. 



TELEPHONE 240. 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



W. J. TURNER. Manager. 



3x 



officers of the Association, all to serve for one year from the fourth 
Monday in April, or until their successors are elected and qualified. 
Provided, That members of the Governing Committee elected at the 
annual meeting on the second Monday in April, 1896, and officers 
elected in 1890, shall hold office from the date of their election to 
the fourth Monday in April of the year in which their respective 
terms shall expire, or until their successors are elected and qualified. 

The Treasurer shall furnish a bond in the sum of live thousand 
dollars, with surety to he approved by the Governing Committee. 

In case of any vacancy occurring during the year, the Committee 
shall fill it until the next annual meeting, when a successor shall be 
elected for the remainder of the unexpired term. 

Any member of the Committee who shall absent himself from 
three consecutive regular meetings, unless he shall have previously 
obtained permission so to do, or shall present at the next regular 
meeting an excuse for his absence satisfactory to a majority of the 
Committee present, shall be considered as having resigned as a mem- 
ber of the Committee, and shall cease to be a member thereof. 

ARTICLE VI. — Powers of the Governing Committee. — 
The Governing Committee shall have power — 

1. To appoint Committees from its members and from the 
Association at largfe. 

2. To admit members to the Association, one adverse ballot 
in five excluding, and to suspend or expel members, subject to the 
provisions of Article XVI. and of Article XX. 

3. To prescribe rules for the admission of strangers or guests 
to the privileges of the Association, and no persons not members 
shall be admitted, except under such rules. 

4. To make rules for the use of the Association property by 
the members, and for their conduct in 'the Association, including all 
necessary House Rules. 



5. To lix penalties for the violation of the Constitution, By- 
Laws and Rules, and to enforce the same. 

6. To remit penalties for offences against the By-Laws and 
Rules, and for violation against the Constitution. 

7. To call special meetings of the Association to consider a 
specific subject. 

8. To make, alter and amend rules for their own government, 
and to fix and enforce penalties for the violation of such rules. 

9. To make purchases and contracts for the ordinary expenses 
of the Association; but it shall have no power, unless specially 
authorized, to render the Association or any member thereof liable 
for any extraordinary debtor expenses beyond the amount of money 
which shall, at the time of contracting such debt, be in the treasuiy 
and not needed for the discharge of any prior debt or liabilities. 

10. To appoint delegates to represent the Association, but 
with only such powers as may be in express terms conferred upon 
them. 

11. No entry in the name of the Association shall be made in 
any contest unless approved by -the Governing Committee, who may, 
however, delegate their authority- to any sub-committee. 

ARTICLE VII.— Corporate Seal.— The corporate seal of 
the Association shall bear the inscription: 

•• Providence Athletic Association, State of Rhode Island. In- 
corporated May 1, 1891." 

ARTICLE VIII. — Meetings of the Governing Committee. 
— The Governing Committee shall hold monthly meetings, except 
in the months of July, August and September ; special meetings 
shall be called by the Secretary, at the request of the President or 
any five of the Governing Committee, upon notice to be sent or 
given to each member at least forty-eight hours before the time 
appointed therefor. 



39 





FIRST] FLOOR— MACULLAR PAKKKR COMPANY. 



SECOND FLOOR— MACULLAR PARKER COMPANY. 



TIE BEST (Ml 



PflD lyfFXf Garments for Evening Dress, D. B. Frock and Vest, Morning Coat Suits, Business Suits, Sack or Cutaway 
1 Ull IflJall. Coat, Odd Trousers, Covert Coats, and Regular Spring Overcoats, made in our own workshops. 

fiflR VfinTPR AND flflV^! Sailor Suits ' D - B - J acket and Knee-pant Suits, for 4 to 17 years of age. Long 
\J fUil lUUlflO iUlD DUIO. Suits for young men. Overcoats, Covert Coats and Reefers. Shirts, Collars ar 



Trouser 
and Cuffs. 



TT^TflM TAI1 D RINfr ^ n ^ Si ^ e 2 arment y° u desire made to your measure. If you want stylish garments we will give them to you. If your ideas are conservative, we 
UUUlUlfl HilJjUlUllU' W jn observe the fact. Our aim is to please customers. Ever 



;rything first-class at reasonable prices 

MACULLAR PARKER COMPANY, 

1 66 WESTMINSTER STREET. 



40 



In no case, when a resolution lias been passed at a meeting of 
the Committee affecting the relation of a member of the Association 
towards the Association, shall such resolution he received or re- 
scinded at a subsequent meeting, unless notice in writing be sent by 
the Secretary to each member of the Governing Committee at least 
ten days before the meeting, that such previous action will be 
brought up for review or reconsideration. 

ARTICLE IX. — Annual Reports. — At the annual meeting, 
the Governing Committee, through the President, shall make a 
report of its proceedings during the previous year, and recommend 
such measures as it may deem advisable. 

ARTICLE X. — Nomination and Election of the Govern- 
ing Committee. — The Governing Committee at its February meet- 
ing shall annually appoint a Nominating Committee of five members 
of the Association, not members of the Governing Committee, for the 
nomination of members of the Governing Committee to be balloted 
for at the ensuing annual election. It shall be the duty of the 
Nominating Committee appointed as aforesaid to post the names of 
the persons nominated by them in a conspicuous place in the Club 
House at least twenty days before the annual election ; but any 
other member shall be eligible for election to the Governing Com- 
mittee, if his name shall have been posted in such conspicuous place 
for at least ten days before such election, endorsed by ten members 
of the Association. At such meeting the presiding officer shall 
appoint tellers, who shall receive and canvass the ballots cast at the 
annual election and certify the result. The election to membership 
of the Governing Committee shall be by ballot, and a plurality of 
votes cast shall elect. In event of the death, declination or dis- 
ability of any person nominated as above provided, nominations may 
be made viva voce to fill the vacancy. 

ARTICLE XL — Election of Members. — A candidate for 
admission must be proposed by two members, who shall certify, in 



writing, that they have known him for si\ months at least. The 
application, dated, stating full name, residence, place of business 
and post office address of the candidate, signed b\ the members pin- 
posing and seconding him, with such reference and remarks as they 
may choose to make, shall be given to the Secretary, who shall posl 
the names in the Club House at least two weeks before the meeting 
of the Governing Committee at which the said candidate comes up 
for election. 

A second ballot upon the election of a proposed member may 
be taken at any time before the adjournment of the meeting, upon the 
motion of a single member of the Committee : but after the meetinga 
rejected candidate shall not within three months be again balloted for. 
Candidates whose names have been laid over for two successive 
meetings shall not again be balloted for until after the names suc- 
ceeding them on the list shall have been acted upon. Precedence 
shall be given to old members who may present their names for re- 
election, and also to those who have already established a record as 
amateur athletes. 

ARTICLE XII. — Active Members. — Any person duly elected 
and paying his entrance tee and dues for the unexpired portion of 
the quarter during which he joins, counting from the first day of 
the month in which he was elected, shall become thenceforth entitled 
to all rights and privileges of active membership. Failure to make 
these payments within sixty days shall render such election null and 
void; and these payments will be held as an acceptance of member- 
ship, and a submission to and an agreement to be bound by the Con- 
stitution, By-Laws and Rules of the Association. 

All members must immediately notify the Secretary of any 
change in address, and by failure to do so shall be deemed to have 
waived any notice provided for under the Constitution, By-Laws, 
and any rules, and shall incur all the risks that attach thereto. 

ARTICLE XIII. — Non-Resident Members. — Persons having 



41 



3.m.flntbony$eo. 



rtrt otfl f\trt rtfl ftrt 



•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••a 

HIGH GRADE * ♦ 
OF IMPORTED, * * 
KEY WEST * * ♦ 
AND DOMESTIC * 

CIGARS* ** 



AT .. 



No. 45 Westminster St. 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



FRANK F. TINGLEY, 
Tine monumental Work. 



Architectural Competition. 

LIBRARIES. HOSPITALS, CHURCHES, 
SCHOOLHOUSES, ETC. 
PUBLIC BUILDINGS of all kinds. 



Mr. F. F. Tingley offers his services in the laying down of 
conditions and requirements for architectural competition. 

It is increasingly evident, from the result of many recent 
competitions, that for some reason committees or individu- 
als who wish to select an architect through competition, 
fail to obtain the best work of which those who compete 
are capable. This is undoubtedly due to the fact that com- 
mittees or individuals are not always familiar with the de- 
tails of architectural practice, and are unable to lay down 
such conditions as will most accurately explain the require- 
ments, make possible the best work on the part of the 
architect,, and place those who compete on the same level. 

It is believed that there is an opportunity here for some 
person who has had an architectural training, and also 
experience in the conducting of competitions to act as a 
mediator between committees or individuals and architects. 
Mr. Tingley proposes to keep thoroughly in touch with 
current architecture, and be able to state at once the names 
of those architects who have become eminent, or who 
have done successful work in the different departments of 
architecture. He is now in charge of the erection of the 
Pawtucket Library Building of Pawtucket, R. I. Cram, 
Goodhue & Ferguson, of Boston, are the architects. It is 
a memorial gift from the Hon. F. C. Sayles, of Pawtucket, 
R. I. The plans for this Library were awarded as the 
result of a highly successful competition conducted by Mr. 
Tingley. 

Address 

FRANK F. TINGLEY, 

75 Westminster Street, Providence, R. I. 



ESTABLISHED 1860. 



J. Putney & Co. 



pti@i®^s- 




Spectacles and Eye Glasses 



OF EVERY VARIETY. 







culists' Prescriptions 
and Repairing a Specialty. 



76 WESTMINSTER STREET, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



42 



no usual place of residence, business or study in the following cities 
and towns in the State of Rhode Island — namely, Providence, Paw- 
tucket, Central Falls, North Providence, East Providence, Barrington, 
Warwick, Cranston, Johnston, Smithfield, North Smithfield, Lincoln, 
Cumberland, — may be elected non-resident members in the manner 
provided for the election of active members, and shall, upon election, 
pay each ten dollars entrance fee, and fifteen dollars annual dues, 
payable semi-annually in advance, upon the first day of April and 
October in each year, in the manner prescribed for such payments 
by active members. 

Non-resident members shall have all the rights of active mem- 
bers except those of voting, holding office or having any interest 
in the property of the Association. 

A non-resident member who shall acquire a usual place of resi- 
dence, business or study in any of the above-named cities and towns, 
shall cease to be a non-resident member of the Association, and shall 
notify the Secretary of such change. 

He shall, however, if he so request, be placed at the head of 
the list of candidates for election as active members, and if elected, 
shall pay an additional entrance fee equal to the balance of the then 
entrance fee and his regular dues as an active member. 

The Governing Committee may, on the application of any active 
member having no usual place of residence, business or study in any 
of the above-named cities or towns, place him in the class of non- 
residents, his privilege to begin on the first day of April or October 
next succeeding the date of his application ; but no return shall be 
made of the entrance fee already paid, and in the event of his sub- 
sequently acquiring a usual place of residence, business or study in 
any of the above-named cities and towns, he shall notify the Secretary 
of such change, and shall be placed in the class of active members 
without the necessity of a re-election. 



. ARTICLE XIV. — Army, Navy and Marine Hospital Ser- 
vice Members. — Any officer of the Army, Navy or Marine Hospital 
Service of the United States may be admitted to the privileges of 
the Association, at the discretion of the Governing Committee, upon 
the payment of such proportion of the annual dues as shall corres- 
pond to the time during which he shall enjoy the privileges of the 
Association, but he shall not have the right of voting, and, in the 
event of the dissolution of the Association, he shall have no interest 
in its property. 

ARTICLE XV. — Honorary and Life Members. — Honor- 
ary membership may be conferred by a unanimous vote, at any meet- 
ing of the Association, upon any person, the candidate having been 
proposed as required for active membership. 

Honorary members cannot, as such, hold office or vote at meet- 
ings, or hold any right, title to, or interest in the property or assets 
of the Association, but may enjoy all the rights and privileges of 
active membership by payment of entrance fee (if not paid before, 
while active members), and dues from the date of their applications 
to become active members. 

Life members may be elected by the Governing Committee in 
the same manner as active members, upon the payment of two 
hundred and fifty dollars each, in addition to the active member's 
entrance fee (if not already paid), and they shall be entitled to all 
the privileges of active members and shall pay no dues or assess- 
ments. 

ARTICLE XVI. — Indebtedness. — All indebtedness of mem- 
bers to the Association, except quarterly dues, shall be paid on or 
before the fifth day of every month ; and a notice of the indebted- 
ness of a member, with a request to pay the same, shall be sent to 
the member's usual address. If, at the expiration of the fifteenth day 
of any month, any member shall not have paid such indebtedness to the 



43 



PURVEYORS 
TO YOUR CLUB 
AND FAMILY 




S7?. jC. S7?ose Company 

importers and Srocers 

TJhe ffiest of£verything 

66-68-70 WEYBOSSET ST. 



44 



R. L. ROSE COMPANY. 




INTERIOR RETAIL STORE, WEYBOSSET STREET. 



45 



A- iciation for the preceding month, he shall receive no further credit 
until such indebtedness is paid, and shall be notified by letter deposited 
in th, mail that his credit is suspended. 

If it shall appear in the books of account or records of the Asso- 
ciation that such member has contracted further indebtedness after the 
day following the mailing of such notice, the Governing Committee, or 
any sub-committee to /chief, it may delegate general power so to do, may 
in its discretion suspend such member from all privileges of membership 
by mailing to him a notice stating in substance that by virtue of his 
contraction of indebtedness after suspension of credit, as evidenced by 
th, books of account or records of the Association, he is suspended 
from 'ill privileges of membership, includiag admission to the Club 
House, until all his indebtedness <<> the Association is paid in full, or 
until he shall cease to he a member as hereinafter provided. 

The provisions of Article XX shall not be applicable to sus- 
pensions under this article. 

h .shall be the duty of the Treasurer, upon the sixteenth day of 
each month, to post on the bulletin board of the Association the 
names of all members whose indebtedness is unpaid, together with 
the amount due from each member, there to remain until the same 
is paid. Any member whose name and the amount due from him, 
having been posted as aforesaid, shall have remained posted thirty 

days, shall cease to lie a member of the Association, subject to 

Article V 1. Section 6. 

ARTICLE XVII. Entrance Fee and Annual Dues oe 
Active Members. — There shall lie an entrance fee of twenty-five 
dollars each lor active members, unless otherwise provided by the 
Governing Committee, and annual 'lues of forty '/>>l/<trs each, payable 
quarterly in advance on the first day of January, April, -Inly and 
( >ctober. 

Any member failing to pay his dues within thirty days after 
they become due shall he posted upon the Association bulletin, and 



notice thereof shall he mailed to his usual address by the Treasurer; 
and upon failure to pay within two months after they become due, 
he shall cease to be a member of the Association, subject to the 
provisions of Article VI, Section 6. 

Persons having thus been dropped, and wishing again to become 
members, must be regularhy proposed and balloted for, as when first 
elected. 

An}- member in arrears to the Association shall be excluded 
from all competitions, unless by special permission of the Governing 
Committee. 

The Secretary and Treasurer shall he exempt from the payment 
of all dues. 

ARTICLE XVIII. — Leave of Absence. — Leave of absence 
may be granted for one year, to any member of the Association, by 
the Governing Committee. Applications for such leave must be 
made in writing, addressed to the Secretary. No leave of absence 
shall be granted except in case of absence at least from the State of 
Rhode Island during the term of such leave of absence ; no member 
shall he granted leave of absence unless his dues be paid in full to 
the date of the receipt of his application; no member shall be liable 
for yearly dues during the term of his leave of absence. At the 
expiration of the year the Governing Committee may extend the 
leave of absence for another year. 

ARTICLE XIX. — Resignations. — All resignations of mem- 
bership or office shall he made in writing to the President or Secre- 
tary, and shall be acted upon at the next meeting of the Governing 
Committee. 

Resignations of active membership made subsequent to Janu- 
uary 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, shall not relieve the resign- 
ing member from dues for the period respectively beginning on those 
dates; and resignations of non-resident membership made subse- 
quent to April 1 and October 1. 



4G 



ARTICLE XX. — Expulsions or Suspensions. — If any 
member shall be charged, in writing, addressed to the Governing 
Committee, by any other member, with conduct injurious to the 
good order, peace or interest of the Association, or at variance with 
the requirements of its Constitution, By-Laws and Rules, or if the 
Committee shall become cognizant of such conduct, the Committee 
shall thereupon inform the member charged, in writing; and if upon 
inquiry, and after giving the person so charged an opportunity to be 
heard, the Governing Committee shall be satisfied of the truth of 
the charge, and that the same demands such action, they may pro- 
ceed to suspend such member for a period not exceeding six months, 
or they may expel him, or they may request him to resign, and if he 
declines to resign, upon notice to him after presentation of the case, 
may proceed to expel him. A three-fifths vote of those present of 
the Governing Committee shall be required for expelling or sus- 
pending a member. 

At any time within ninety days after any suspension or expul- 
sion, a meeting of the Association shall be called, if requested, in 
writing, by fifty members of the Association, addressed to the Sec- 
retary, at which meeting an appeal may be taken from the decision 
of the Committee, and the member may be restored to his position 
by a vote of three-fourths of the members of the Association present 
and voting. 

ARTICLE XXI. — Amendments. — A quorum for the amend- 
ment of this Constitution shall consist of not less than fifty mem- 
bers; and when such quorum is present, this Constitution may be 
amended by a two-thirds vote at any annual or special meeting, pro- 
vided the proposed amendment has been posted in the Club House 
and mailed to each member of the Association, directed to the last 
address furnished by him, at least five days before the meeting at 
which the amendment is to be considered. 



BY-LAWS. 

I. — Duties and Powers of Committees. — The Governing 
Committee shall appoint annually from its members, or from the 
Association at large, and subject to the direction of the Governing 
Committee, the following standing committees ; and it may appoint 
other standing or special committees in its discretion. 

1. A House Committee. 

2. A Committee on Finance, of which the Treasurer of the 

Association shall be Chairman. 

3. A Committee on Athletics. 

4. A Committee on Athletic Grounds. 

5. A Committee on Laths. 

G. A Committee on Billiards. 

7. A Committee on Bowling. 

8. A Committee on Cycling. 

9. A Committee on Social Entertainments. 

10. A Membership Committee, of which the Secretary of the 
Association shall be Chairman. 

1. The House Committee shall have general charge of the 
restaurant, wine and cigar rooms, parlors, library, engineer's depart- 
ment, and of all parts of the Association Building not included in 
the other departments, of all persons employed in its department, 
and of the purchase of all supplies for the various departments of 
the Association; 

2. The Committee on Finance shall examine, audit and certify 
all bills for the expense of the Association after the same shall have 
been approved by the Chairman, or in his absence by some other 
member of the House Committee. 

3. The Committee on Athletics shall have charge of the gym- 
nasium, fencing and boxing rooms, the dressing rooms attached 



47 



thereto, and of persons employed in the same. It shall also have 
charere of all athletic exhibitions and contests, cither within or with- 
out the building, except upon the athletic grounds. 

I. The Committee on Athletic Grounds shall have general 
charge of the athletic grounds and buildings, of the employes attached 
thereto, and of all contests and exhibitions therein. 

."). The Committee on Baths shall have general charge of the 
baths ( except the locker-room baths ) and barber shops, of the persons 
employed therein, and of all contests and exhibitions therein. 

(',. The Committee on Billiards shall have general charge of 
ilu- billiard r i, of the employes attached thereto, and of all con- 
tests and exhibitions therein. 

7. The Committee on Bowling shall have general charge of 
the howling alleys, and of the persons employed therein. They 
shall also have charge of all contests and exhibitions therein. 

8. The Committee on Cycling shall have general charge of the 
cycling rooms, and of the persons employed therein. They shall 
also have charge of all cycling contests, exhibitions and entertain- 
ments. 

9. The Committee on Social entertainments shall have charge 
of all entertainments not under the direction of other committees. 

In. The Membership Committee shall investigate all applica- 
tions for membership, and report upon them to the Governing 

( 'ollimittee. 

No expense shall he incurred by any officer or committee, 
except the House Committee. 

A n\ officer or commit tee desiring supplies or repairs shall make 
requisition therefor in writing upon the House Committee. 

The House Committee shall purchase from time to time for the 
various departments all necessary supplies, wines, liquors and cigars, 
and ma\ incur expense for ordinary repairs. 

No extraordinary expense shall In- incurred by the House Com- 



mittee, unless the same shall have been first approved by the 
Governing Committee. 

The salaries of all employes shall be fixed by the Governing 
Committee. 

The Governing Committee shall have power to determine the 
jurisdiction, duties and powers of the various committees. 

II. — Indebtedness to the Association. — When any member's 
indebtedness to the Association, exclusive of due*, amounts to fifteen 
($lo) dollars, he shall not be allowed further credit until such in- 
debtedness shall hare been paid in fall, and notice in writing shall he 
sent to such member immediately; and further proceedings may he had 
ax prodded in Article XVI of the Count it at ion. The House Com- 
mittee ma// at an// time suspend the credit <f any member, giving him 
notice in writing. 

A hill of each member's monthly account shall be mailed by 
the Treasurer to each member not later than the fourth day of the 
following month. 

III. — Private Property. — No member shall use the private 
property of another member without his permission. All private 
property shall be at the owner's risk. 

A coat room is provided for the checking of valuables, but the 
Association will not be responsible for any loss. 

IV. — Association Property. — Members will be responsible 
for the breakage or injury of the glass, crockery or other property 
of the Association. 

V. — Visitors and Strangers. — None but members and per- 
sons introduced as hereinafter provided shall be admitted to the 
Club House, except that the Governing Committee may regulate 
admissions under Article III of the Constitution. Other persons 
having business with members' can send in their names and await the 
person the// wish to see in the strangers' reception room. 

VI. — Visitors. — Any gentleman classed as a stranger accord- 



48 



ing to the provisions of Article VII of the By-Laws (except one 
who has ceased to he a member of the Association by reason of non- 
payment of dues or other indebtedness, or who has been expelled, 
or who has been requested by the Governing Committee to resign, 
or who has resigned pending charges against him), may be admitted 
as a visitor to the Club House ; but he shall not be introduced oftener 
than once in thirty (30) days, and it shall be the duty of the member 
introducing a visitor t<> ascertain whether hi- bus been introduced within 
the previous thirty (-30~) days; he must he accompanied by a member, 
who shall register his name, residence, and date of introduction in 
the Visitor's Book, and affix his own name. Any gentle man not so 
classed as a stranger may be introduced as a visitor only by special 
permission of the House Committee. A visitor cannot use the 
gymnasium, and shall not pay cash or settle for anything furnished 
by the Association, but shall in all respects be considered the guest 
of the member introducing him. A gentleman attending a special 
dinner at the Club House, using the dining-rooms only, is not deemed 
a visitor and does not require registration. 

VII. — Strangers. — Strangers are persons having no usual 
place of residence, business or study in the following cities and 
towns in the State of Rhode Island, namely : 

Providence, Barrington, Smithfield, 

Pawtucket, Warwick, North Smithfield, 

Central Falls, Cranston, Lincoln, 

North Providence, Johnston, Cumberland. 

East Providence, 

A stranger may, on the request of a member, receive at the 
office a written invitation entitling him to all the privileges of the 
Club House for not more than one (1) week, which at the expiration 
of that time may be renewed by any member of the House Committee 
for a period of one (1) week additional in each three (.'>) months, or 
longer, in the discretion of the House Committee. 



No such invitation shall be given to any person who has ceased 
to be a member of the Association by reason of non-payment of dues 
or other indebtedness, or who has been expelled from the Associa- 
tion, or who has been requested by the Governing Committee to 
resign, or who has resigned pending charges against him. 

The name of such stranger shall also be registered in the Visit- 
or's Book; the member introducing him shall affix his own name. 

The same person shall not be introduced as a stranger for more 
than two (2) weeks in each three (3) months, except in (he dis- 
cretion of the House Committee ; but he may be admitted as a visit- 
or according to the rules prescribed for visitors. 

Members introducing visitors and strangers are responsible for 
them. 

Any visitor or stranger violating any of the rules of the Asso- 
ciation may be notified by a member of the House Committee that 
he can no longer enjoy the privileges of the Association. 

Other persons under eighteen (18) years of age, shall not be 
admitted to any part of the Club House, except in accordance with 
the rules and regulations prescribed by the Governing Committee. 

VIII. — Miscellaneous. — All members in good standing Avill 
be furnished with membership cards, which shall be good for 
admission, except in case of special arrangements, to all Association 
entertainments, and must be shown at any time upon the request of 
the door-keeper, or of any officer of the Association. Refusal to 
comply with such request, or the transfer of such card, will subject 
the holder to suspension or expulsion at the discretion of the 
Governing Committee ; and upon such suspension or expulsion the 
Governing Committee shall have the right to demand the immediate 
return of said card. 

The privileges of the Club House, in the discretion of the 
proper standing committee, may be extended to crews, or members 
of other clubs while training, or to competitors from other places : 



P.l 



and the privileges of the dressing rooms and baths may be given to 
those practicing with or coaching a team or crew. 

These By-Laws, so far as they relate to the admission of 
strangers and visitors, ma\ lie suspended by the House Committee 
mi special occasions. 

These By-Laws may be amended or added to by a vote of two- 
thirds of the Governing Committee present, provided five (5) days' 
notice, in writing, of the proposed amendment or addition shall be 
given to each member of the Governing Committee. 



HOUSE RULES. 



I. — Hot T KS. — The Chili House will he opened daily at 8 A. M. 
No members except Lodgers will he admitted after 12.30 o'clock at 
night, at which hour the House will he closed, except on Sundays, 
when it will he closed at 11.30 o'clock P. M., and on occasions to be 
determined by the House or Governing Committee. 

The Gymnasium will he open from 8 a. m. to 10 p. m. daily, 
except Sunday, on which day it will close at 11 A. M. 

The Turkish and Russian Baths will be open from 10 A. M. to 
In l'. M. daily, except Sunday, when they will open at 8 A. M. and 
(lose at 4 P. M.: hut on Sundays in July, August and September 

they will close ;it 1 I'. M. (See Special Rules.) 

The Swimming Pool will be open whenever the Gymnasium or 
Turkish and Russian Baths are open. 

The Billiard Room and Bowling Alleys will be open daily, ex- 
cepl Sunday, from Id a. m. until midnight. (See Special Rules.) 

The Boxing and Fencing R is will lie opened according to 

special rules. 

The Restaurant and other service will be maintained daily until 
midnight, except on Sundays, when it will close at 11 o'clock P. M. 
Fifteen minutes before dismissing the service, two short flashes of 



the electric light will lie given, and at the time of dismissing the 
service one long flash. 

II. — CHARGES. — None but members or those entitled to privi- 
leges as such will be permitted to sign cards for anything furnished 
by the Association. 

Members or those entitled to privileges as such must sisrn a 

J- O O 

card for everything furnished at a charge by the Association. Any 
one desiring to pay cash can do so by writing the word "cash" on 
the card signed and redeeming the same in person at the office on the 
day of its date; otherwise, the same will be charged to his account. 

HI. — Prices — Billiards and Pool. — Billiards, 30c. an hour; 
no charge less than 15c. Continuous pool, 30c. an hour; no charge 
less than 15c. 15-ball pool, 2£c. a cue. 

Bowling, 5c. a string. 

BATHS. 

Turkish and Russian Baths, including swim and alcohol rub, #1.00; 

six tickets for 85.00. 
Roman Bath, #1.00. Feet Fixed, 50c. 

Massage, each quarter hour, 50c. Pedicure, 25c. 
Cologne Rub, 25c. Towel Locker-room Baths, 5c. 

Alcohol Rub, 35c. Quarterly use of entire Baths, #10. 

Salt Rub, 25c. Monthly use of entire Baths, #4. 

Shave in Baths, 25c. 

BARBER SHOP. 

Hair cut, 25c. Shave, 15c; 8 tickets for #1. 

Hair cut and whiskers trimmed, Shampoo, plain. 25c: steam, 50c. 

35c. Sea-foam, 10c. 

women's depaktmknt. 

Hair Dressed, 40c. Bangs cut and curled, 25c. 

Plain Dressing, 25c. Manicure, 50c. 

Shampoo, 75c. Face steamed and massage, 50c. 

Bangs cut, 10c. Face and hair steamed, #1.50. 



50 



GYMNASIUM. 

Gymnasium instruction for ladies and children, -$10 a year, 

beginning October 1st. 

LOCK ECS. 

Lockers from date of issue to September 30th: 
Gymnasium, |1.50. Postoffice box at office, 11.50. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Private dining room. 82.00. 

Lodging room, $1.50 a night, one person. 

Each additional person, $1.00. 

Corkage, 50c. a bottle. 

Boot polish, 5c: russet polish, 10c. 

CYCLE Koo.M. 

( ' vcles cheeked in cycle room free of charge. 
Cleaning and oiling, 10c. 
Ordinary puncture repaired, 25c. 
Other repairs, special prices. 

IV. — Ladies. — Members may register the names of their wives, 
mothers, unmarried sisters or unmarried daughters, over eighteen 
years of age, who may thereafter use the ladies' departments un- 
attended by a member, and who may sign checks which will be 
charged to the member registering them. Other ladies may be 
registered at the Association office upon approval by the Governing 
Committee, and a card will be issued to them to expire September 
30th in each year, at a charge of f 10. 

They may have the use of the ladies' departments, and they 
may sign checks, which will be charged to their account, for which, 
if not paid when due, the member registering them will be held 
responsible. 

All the above ladies shall be known as associate lady members. 

Any lady may be admitted as a visitor to the Club House at 



anytime upon introduction by an active, non-resident, honorary or life 
member of the Association, but only once in thirty days when intro- 
duced by an associate lady member. She must be accompanied l>\ 
such member or associate lady member, who shall register the visit- 
or's name, residence, and date of introduction, in the Visitor's Boot 
and affix his or her own name. 

Associate lady members may introduce gentlemen to the ladies' 
departments as visitors upon registration, but only in accordance 
with the rules for visitors ( By-Laws, Article VI). Charges for all 
such visitors must be incurred by the lady inviting their presence. 

A stranger's card, if issued to a lady, shall entitle her only to 
the use of the ladies' departments. 

Gentlemen unaccompanied by ladies will not be allowed in the 
ladies' dining and reception rooms after 12 o'clock noon. 

Ladies entitled to the use of the ladies' departments shall be 
entitled to the exclusive use of the Gymnasium, Swimming Pool, 
and Turkish and Russian Baths, according to special rules and 
charges. 

V. — Children. — Children hi the household of members over six 
ami wider eighteen years of age, may be registered at the Association 
office, and a card issued to them. Thereafter they will be admitted f» 
the locker rooms, Bath*, Gymnasium, and Swimming Pool, according 
in special rules ami charges. 

Children, when accompanied by a mm, her, may be admitted to the 
dining room, strangers' room ami ladies' departments. 

No child shall exercise except under the charge of the in- 
structor. Under m> circumstances /el/1 children !»■ admitted in ami 
part of the Club House other thai, those above designated : nor will 
tobacco, cigars, cigarettes or refreshments of any kind be sold to 
them or allowed to be used under any pretext whatever. 

A bell will give warning a half hour before the retiring hour, 
and promptly at that time all children must leave the House. Any 



51 



damage to the Association property done by any child must be made 
-nod by the member who introduces him, and will be charged to the 

member's account. Children holding such cards will he under the 
strict charge of the Club House attendants, and subject to the rules 
of government of the Association. Misconduct will render the 
offender liable to he dismissed peremptorily from the Club House, 
and repeated offences will subject him to he denied the privileges of 
the Association. 

VI. — Miscellaneous. — Special rules for the Gymnasium will 

he posted therein. 

All cards issued bring their holders within the rules for govern- 
ment of the Association. 

No one except a member of the Governing Committee, the 
superintendent or the clerks in the offices will he allowed in the 
offices of the Association without the consent of a member of the 
(io\ erning ( 'onnnittee present. 

No reprimand shall he given to employes or servants by mem- 
bers of the Association ; hut complaints of any nature shall he made 
in writing, signed by the complaining member or members, addressed 
to the proper committee, and deposited in a box provided for that 
purpose in the office of the Association. 

No member or visitor shall give any money or gratuity to any 
servant of the Association. 

Members .--hall not he allowed to send a servant out of the 
house on any pretext. 

No dogs will he allowed through the Club House, but they will 
he cared for by the proper employes. 

No subscription paper or petition can be circulated, no paper or 
magazine can he supplied, nor any article exposed for sale in the 
('lull House without permission of the House Committee. 

No periodicals, newspapers or books shall be removed from the 
reading rooms or parlors, or be cut, marked or otherwise defaced. 



No smoking will he allowed in the Gymnasium, Swimming Pool 
or Ladies' Departments. 

No edibles or beverages will be served in the Fencing and Box- 
ing Rooms, Gymnasium or Swimming Pool. Beverages, sandwiches, 
crackers and cheese may he served elsewere in the Club House, but 
the regular menu will lie served only in the dining rooms, and the 
drying room of the Turkish Baths. Conversation is prohibited in the 
reading rooms, and except between players in the whist rooms. 

No games of cards will he allowed except in the whist and card 
rooms. (See Special Rules.) Gambling or playing for money is 
prohibited. 

No more than three consecutive strings of billiards and bowls 
or forty-five minutes of pool shall be played by the same person after 
others have requested the use of the table or alley. 

A transient lodging room cannot be occupied by the same mem- 
ber more than four consecutive nights, if its use be requested by 
another member before 9 o'clock P. M., no other room being vacant. 
Members in undress or exercising clothes are not allowed in the 
social rooms. 

The superintendent is required to notify members of any viola- 
tion of the rules of the House, and report the same to the House 
Committee. 

Ungentlemanly conduct or violation of the Constitution, By- 
Laws or House Rules will subject a member to a fine not exceeding 
$20, or to suspension or expulsion under the provisions of the 
Constitution. 

The Governing Committee or House Committee may vary these 
House Rules and make special arrangements only upon special occa- 
sions. These House Rules, may be amended or added to by a vote 
of two-thirds of those of the Governing Committee present, provided 
five days' notice in writing of the proposed amendment or addition 
shall be given to each member of the Governing Committee. 



52 



GUESTS. 

SUMMARY OF RULES. 



Gentlemen. — Gentlemen having a usual place of residence, 
business or study, in Providence, Pawtucket, Central Falls, North 
Providence, East Providence, Barrington, Warwick, Cranston, 
Johnston, Smitlifield, North Smithfield, Lincoln and Cumberland, 
can be introduced at the Club House only by permission of the 
House Committee. There is no difficulty, however, in obtaining 
such permission in all proper cases, by simply applying for the 
necessary card at the P. A. A. office. This may be done either 
before or at the time of introducing such guests. 

Gentlemen outside these limits can be introduced at the Club 
House once in thirty days as visitors, or they may receive, upon 
request, at the Association office, a stranger's card for one week, 
renewable in the discretion of the House Committee. 

Gentlemen cannot be introduced to the ladies' departments 
by associate lady members, except in accordance with the above 
rules. 

Ladies. — Male members of the Association may introduce 



ladies at the Club House as often as desired, but associate lady lum- 
bers can introduce other ladies as guests but once in thirty days. 

Children. — Boys and girls under eighteen years of age are 
not eligible to membership, and enjoy only the limited privileges 
provided by special rules; for these they need not be accompanied 
by a member. A member may also take them to the dining rooms, 
strangers' room and ladies' departments. Children can not introduce 
any guests whatever. 

Registration. — All guests must invariably be registered, except 
that persons not members, using the dining rooms only for a special 
dinner, are not deemed visitors to the entire Club House and do not 
require registration. 

Entertainments.— The Governing Committee has provided 
by special vote that no male resident of the city of Providence shall 
be admitted to any entertainment. 

Strangers' Room. — Any person can always meet any member 
in the strangers' room as often as desired. 



53 



THE 
NORTHWESTERN 

MUTUAL 

LIFE INSURANCE 

COMPANY 



? 



STRONGEST! 

SAFEST! 

BEST! 



ftfc 



JESSE M. WHEELOCK, 

General Agent, 

20 MARKET SQUARE, PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



Horsfbrds 

ACID PHOSPHATE 

The most effective remedv tor re- 

J 

lieving Dyspepsia, Nervousness, Ex- 
haustion, and all diseases arising from 
imperfect digestion and derangement 
of the nervous svstem. 

It is of the greatest value as a Tonic 
and Vitalizer where the system has be- 
come debilitated bv exhaustive illness. 

Taken before retiring quiets the 
nerves and induces refreshing sleep. 



Pleasant to the Taste. 



FOR SALE BY DRUGGISTS. 



54 



MEMBERSHIP, JUNE 3, 1899. 



Adams, A. Bigelow 
Adams, Robert 
Adams, William L. 
Aldrich, Nelson W. 
Alexander, Charles 
Allen, Courtland J. 
Allen, Edwin P. 
Allen, Edward S. 
Allen, Francis < >. 
Allen, George R. 
Allen, John F. 
Ames, Samuel 
Andrews, Frank H. 
Angell, Walter F. 
Anthony, James M. 
Anthony, William M. 
Armstrong, Dwight H. 
Arnold, Daniel II. 
Arnold, Newton D. 
Arnold, William R. 
Austin, Arthur E. 
Babcock, Albert 
Bahcock, Frederie W. 
Bain, Hugh W. 
Baker, Albert A. 
Baker, David S. 
Baker, William C. 



Batch, Joseph 
Ballon, Frederic A. 
Ballon, Walter S. 
Banigan, John J. 
Banigan, William B. 
Barker, Abram 
Barker, Henry A. 
Barker, Henry R. 
Barnes, Edwin 
Barnes, Walter I. 
Barney, John 
Barney, Walter H. 
Barstow, Nathaniel 
Bartlett, Asel P. 
Barton, Nathan B. 
Bashford, James 11. 
Bassett, Edward D. 
Bates, Isaac C. 
Bauer, Felix L. 
Baxter, Elijah, Jr. 
Beach, Charles H. 
Beaman, Elmer A. 
Bedell, Harold II. 
Benedict, William C. 
Bennett, Charles P. 
Benson, Henry M. 
Berry, Rudolph 



ACTIVE, 659. 

Bishop, Nelson S. 
Bixby, George E. 
Black, David < >. 
Blackington, Louis A. 
Blanding, William ( ). 
Bliss, Zenas W. 
Blodgett, John T. 
Bodwell, Sanford 
Bourne, Augustus < ). 
Boutell, W. Herbert 
Bowen, William M. P. 
Bradford, Henry C. 
Branch, John B. 
I ' i ;i \ i ' hi. Charles R. 
Briggs, Benjamin F. 
Briggs, Stephen J. 
Briscoe, Rev. Thomas 
Bromley, Charles R. 
Bromley, John H. 
Brown, Arthur L. 
Brown, I). Russell 
Brown, Eben E. 
Brown, H. Martin 
Brown, Robert P. 
Bucklin, Charles R. 
Bncklin, James T. P. 
Buc knout, Frank A. 



Budlong, Frank L. 
Bullock, Thomas R. 
Burch, Orion W. 
Burgess, Herbert S. 
Burke, Tobias 
Burleigh, Syndcv R. 
Burlingame, C. I. 
Burlingame, Frederick E. 
Burnham, Charles F. 
Burnham, George H. 
Burnham, Walter W. 
Burrington, Arthur S. 
Bushnell Frederick N. 
Butterworth, Charles F. 
Cahoone, George H. 
Caldwell, Alfred 
Callendar, Walter 
Callendar, Walter R. 
( arleton, Francis B. 
Carpenter, Arthur A. 
Carpenter, Albert G. 
( larpenter, Frank F. 
Carpenter, Henry A. 
( 'arpenter, William A. 
Carr, George W. 
Carroll, Edward F. 
Carter, John A. 



Carver, R. Herbert 
( lase, Phillip 
Casey, Stephen J. 
Catlin, ( lharles A. 
Catlow, Thomas l. 
Chace, Thomas W. 
Cbaffee, Frank E. 
Chaffee, Zachariah 
Chandler, William A. 
Chapman, William 
Chase, Frederick A. 
Cheency, Harry C. 
Cheseboro, Edmund 1). 
Chevalier, John F. 
Church, Elton C. 
Church, George M. 
( 'huivli, Henry A. 
Church, William P. 
Clailin, William L. 
Clark, W. ( )smond 
Clarke, William E. 
Cleveland, Albert N. 
Codman, William C. 
Coe, Walter H. 
Cokeley, George W. 
Cole, Isaac S. 
Cole, James 



55 



Cole, John W. 
Cole, William 
Cole, William D. 
( ' < > 1 1 1 • \ . William E. 
( Jollier, John II., Jr. 
Colman, Roscoe L. 
Colt, Samuel P. 
Coh in. Charles T. 
( ulw I'll, Francis 
Colwell, Ralph 
Comstock, Richard B. 
Comstock, Richard W. 
Comstock, Walter J. 
Cook, Edward N. 
( 'ook. Percy < ). 
( lornell, I Inward P. 
( lory, Alexander II.. Jr, 
( lory, Joseph P. 
( lory, Thomas B. 
( lostello, Clement J. 
( lottelle, Harry B. 
('..veil. Samuel B. W. 
( rneker. II. Clinton 
( Irocker, Washington I. 
( Ironin, William J. 
( Irooker, J. Foster 
( Iross, John A. 
( Iross, William P. 
( lummerford, Arthur S. 
( lurrier, Andrew J. 
( luri is. I [any ( '. 
( lushing, Adoniram J. 



Curley, Peter F. 
Dana. Frederick I. 
Darling, John O. 
Darling, Lucius B. 
1 Jarling, Lyman M. 
I )avis, Ray H. 
Da vol, Charles J. 
I Jay, Charles R. 
Day, Henry G. 
I Jean, Henry B. 
Dean. John M. 
Dean, Robert W. 
Dean, Willis A. 
Dempster, William W. 
Dennis, Arthur W. 
Devereux, Orin C. 
DeWolf, John W. 
Dexter, S. Frank 
Dexter, Walter W. 
Dockery, .John J. 
Dodd, Edwin M. 
Doherty, Henry F. 
Doldt, John E. 
Doran, John 
Dorrance, Charles T. 
I )ot\ . ( lharles ( '. 
Douglass, William W. 
Dover, George W. 
Downey, Michael I J. 
Durfee, Phillip B. 
Dyer. Elisha 
Earle, ( lharles P. 



Earle, Ralph B. 
Earle, William H. 
Eastman, James 11. 
Easton, N. Howard 
Eccles, William 
Eccleston, Alvin II. 
Eddy, Andrew B. 
Eddy, Alfred U. 
Eddy, Charles F. 
Eddy, Charles H. 
Edmunds, George W. 
Edwards, David G. 
Ellis, Herbert B. 
Elsbree, Thomas D. 
Ely, William 
Eschle, Carl 
Fales, Leroy 
Fald§nberg, Julius 
Farley, Frederick J. 
Farnell, George 
Farus worth, John P. 
Faruum, H. Cyrus 
Farrington, William U. 
Farwell, Albert E. 
Farwell, Edmund A. 
Farwell, Frederick S. 
Feeley, William J. 
Ferguson, Andrew J. 
Fidler, Louis N. 
Field, Frank (). 
Fish, George L. 
Fletcher, Charles 



Fletcher, Frederiek C. 
Fletcher, Henry 
Fletcher, Joseph E. 
Flint, George H. 
Forneaux, Emil A. 
Foster, J. Herbert 
Foster, Robert G. 
Foster, Theodore W. 
Francis, George B. 
Franklin, Charles A. 
Fraser, Alexander S. 
Fricker, Julius 
Frothingham, Thomas G. 
Fuller, Myron H. 
Fuller, Robert G. 
Gardner, Clarence H. 
Gardner, Clarence T. 
Gardner, Rathbone 
Gamwell, Charles A. 
Gannett, William P., Jr. 
Gee, James 

Gladding, Benjamin C. 
Gladding, Thomas C. 
Gleason, William F. 
Goddard, Moses B. I. 
Godfrey, Frederiek W. 
Goff, Isaac L. 
Goff, Lyman B. 
Goff, Lyman T. 
Goff, Rufus B. 
Good, John E. 
Goodwin, Almon K. 



Goodwin, William P. 
Grant, Henry T., Jr. 
Granger, William S. 
Granville, Bernard 
Gray, Charles C. 
Greene, Archer 
Greene, Augustus A. 
Greene, Edward P. 
Greene, Henry A. 
Greene, Robert L. 
Grimes, Thomas 
Grinned, Frederick 
Guild, Charles F. 
Guile, Walter A. 
Gunderson, Gustavus A. 
Gurney, C. Harris 
Gurney, Embert S. 
Gurney, Isaac M. 
Hackney, Walter S. 
Hagan, James II. 
Hahn, J. Jerome 
Hahn, William E. 
Hail, Edward L. 
Halkyard, William 
Hall," Charles F. 
Hall, George F. 
Hallett, James W. 
Hambly, John PL 
Hamilton, Paul D. 
Hamilton, Ralph S. 
Hamilton, Robert M. 
Handy, Edwin R. 



56 



Hanley, .lames 
Hanley, Walter H. 
Harmon. Addison B. 
Harmon, Frederick E. 
Harrington, Charles C. 
Harrington, George C. 
Harrington, Randall A. 
Harris, A. Walter 
Harris, Edward M. 
Harrison, Alfred 
Harson, M. Joseph 
Hart, John J. 
Hartwell, Julius F. 
Harvey, Henry W. 
Harvey, N. Darrell 
Hasbrouke, Sayer 
Hathaway, Charles H. 
Hawes, Earl P. 
Hawkins, Joseph F. 
Healey, Frank 
Hebden, John C. 
Higgins, Charles W. 
Hill, John E. 
Himes, Elmer F. 
Hinckley, Frank L. 
Hodgdon, Harry C. 
Hogan, John W. 
Holbrooke, Edward 
Holton, Thomas H. 
Holmes, George H. 
Horton, Bertram! .1. 
Horton, Frederick B. 



Horton, Harry M. 
Horton, John W. 
Howard, Hiram 
Howitt, Arthur W. 
Hoye, Charles T. 
Huber, Anton 
Hughes, Theodore S. 
Humphrey, Charles B. 
Huntley, Carroll K. 
Huntsman, John F., Jr. 
Hutchins, Albert E. 
Hutchins, Thomas L. 
Jackson, Daniel 
Jackson, E. S. 
Jackson, Frederick H. 
Jencks, Edwin L. 
Jencks, John 
Johnson, Edwin A. 
Jones, S. W. C. 
Joslin, William E. 
Kalloch, Lewis H. 
Kaufman, Nathan 
Keefe, Dennis F. 
Keefe, Patrick H. 
Keene, George F. 
Kelly, Arthur L. 
Kelly, John B. 
Kent, Walter G. 
Kenyon, George H. 
Kingsbury, Clarence 
Kittredge, Charles H. 
Knight, Charles L. 



Knight, Howard N. 
Knight, Richard I). 
Knight, Webster 
Ladd, Walter J. 
Lanphear, George W. 
Lander, J. Warren 
Lapham, ( )scar 
Lawton, John F. P. 
Lederer, Benedict B. 
Lee, Christopher M. 
Leete, George F. 
Lennon, John F. 
Lewis, Hubert A. 
Lewis, R. J. M. 
Lewis, John D. 
Lingane, David F. 
Linton, James 
Lippitt, Charles Warren 
Lippitt, R. Lincoln 
Little, Robert B. 
Littlefield, Alfred II. 
Littlefield, Eben N. 
Littlefield, Leland H. 
Livermore, Frank D. 
Lockwood, Albert W. 
Lockwood, Lawrence A. 
Loomis, Edward A. 
Lowe, Herbert R. 
Lyman, Richard E. 
Lynch, James A. 
Lyon, George C. 
Macleod, George R. 



Maguire, ( lharles B. 
Mahler, Daniel J. 
Mahoney, Michael I'. 
Manchester, Benjamin B. 
Mandril, William J. 
Mann, Joseph M. 
Marshall, Frank W. 
Martin, Edgar W. 
Martin, Frank H. 
Martin, Harry G. 
Martin, Jacob S. 
Mathewson, Frank C. 
Matteson, G. W. R. 
Mauran, Suchet 
Mayer, Albert II. 
Merriman, Charles H. 
Metcalf, Guy 
Metcalf, Jesse 
Metcalf, Jesse H. 
Metcalf, Stephen ( >. 
Middleton, Caleb S. 
Millard, George W. 
Miller, George L. 
Miller, Pardon 
Mills, John W. 
Morgan, William II. 
Moriarty, Daniel J. 
Morris, Andrew 
Mossberg, Frank 
Mowry, Raymond (i. 
Mudie. C. Edward 
Mumford, Charles C. 



Munster, Thomas ( i. 
Murphy, Morgan E. 

Murray, William J. 
Myrick, Nathaniel W. 
McAuliffe, John W. 
McBee, William B. 
McCaughin, Alexander A. 
McCarthy, Eugene J. 
McClosky, James W. 
McDuff, Edw. W. 
McElroy, William B. 
Mc( ruinness, Edwin I). 
McGuirk, William R. 
Xanck, Wilhelm 
Newell, E. J. 
Newell, Frank A. 
Newell, Frank W. 
Newell, George < '. 
Newhall, George H. 
Nichols, Charles M. 
Nichols, Frederick W. 
Nichols. Mark S. 
Nicholson, Samuel M. 
Nordlinger, Sidney H. 
Nugent, C. Franklin 
Ockel, Herman A. 
O'Connor, Patrick F. 
O'Gorman, Thomas 
O'Keefe, John A. 
O'Leary, Arthur 
Olney, El am W. 
< >lney, Frank F. 



57 



Olsen, Xilcs 

< >tis. ( Min M. 

< >tis. Samuel A. 
Otis, William N. 

< hvcii. ( lharles I ). 

( )w en. ( lharles I ).. Jr. 
( )w en. Franklin I'. 
Parker, Frederick E, 
Parkhurst, ('. Frank 
Parsons, Edmund II. 
I'a\ in-. Benjamin A. 
Payton, Harvey F. 
Pearce, Frank T. 
Pearce, Henry 
Peek. Arthur L. 
Peck, Cyril ('. 
Peck, Walter A. 
Peckham, ( lharles F. 
Peckham, Fenner II. 
Peirce, ( Harence E. 
Penniman, Edwin ( i. 
Perkins, I Inward L. 
Peny, Marsden J. 
Perry, William II.. Jr. 
Peters, James M. 
Pettee, ( lharles S. 
Phetteplace, William L.G 
Phillips, Eugene F. 
Phillips, < >< ' trge ( '. 
Phillips, < reorge K. 
Phillips, Gilbert A. 
Phillips, Henrj O. 



Phillips, Theodore W. 
Phillips, Walter I). 
Pierce. Daniel A. 
Possner, Herman G. 
Potter, Albert T. 
Potter, B. Thomas 
1 'otter. Dexter B. 
Potter. Edward A. 
Potter, Henry O. 
Potter, James C. 
Potter, Louis K. 
Pratt. Seth 
Preston. Julius II. 
Preston, Walter L. 
Prew, Henry 
Prew, William E. 
Rankin, William (i. 
Rawson, Thomas B. 
Rea, David G. 
Rees, Walter I). 
Revens, John 
Reynolds, Henry J. 
Rhodes, ( lharles W. 
Rhodes, Frank A. 
Rhodes, James P. 
Rhodes, William C. 
Rhodes, William M. 
Pice. Herbert II. 
Richardson, E. Russell 
Richardson, James 
Richardson, James W. 
Richmond, John M. 



Riley, Charles E. 
Ripley, James M. 
Robinson, ( reorge 1 1. 
Robinson, Jack A. 
Rockwell, Harvey H. 
Rogers, James A. 
Rogers, Frederick T. 
Rosenrield, J. Jacob 
Rounds, D. Everett 
Buerat, Jules 
Russell, William II. 
Rust, Herbert B. 
Sack. A. Albert 
San Souci, Emery J. 
Sargent, John W. 
Sawin, Eugene M. 
Sawyer. John P. 
Sawyer, Frank L. 
Sheldon, Frank P. 
Sheldon, Walter G. 
Shepard, Harry II. 
Shepard, John. Jr. 
Sheperd, Edward H. 
Shepley, George L. 
Simmons. Frederick I). 
Slater, Alpheus B. 
Slater, Alpheus B., Jr. 
Smith. Albert P. 
Smith. Albert W. 
Smith. ( lharles E. 
Smith. Edgar A. 
Smith. Edwin A. 



Smith, Frederick L. 
Smith, Harry M. 
Smith, Henry E. 
Smith, James 
Smith, James M. 
Smith, J. Howard 
Smith, Walter J. 
Snow, George M. 
Spooner, Henry J. 
Stanton, B. Frank 
Stafford, William A. 
Stearns, Charles F. 
Steere, Horace W. 
Steinert, Albert 
Stevens, Albert E. 
Stokes, Howard K. 
Stokes, Willis H. 
Stone, William H. 
Studle}', J. Edward 
Sullivan, George T. 
Sultzberger, Milton 
Swartz, Gardner T. 
Sweet, Jesse B. 
Sweet, Leon E. 
Sweet, Walter II. 
Sweet, Walter P. 
Sweetland, Cornelius S. 
Swift, Arthur II. 
Taft, John L. 
Talbot, Frederick E. 
Tattersall, Frederick E. 
Taylor, Henry E. 



Taylor. William H., Jr. 
Templeton, Arthur E. 
Thayer, George C. 
Thomas, George H. 
Thompson. David M. 
Thompson, Robert W. 
Thurber, William H. 
Thurston, Clark 
Thurston. George W. 
Tiepke, Henry E. 
Tilden, Henry 
Tillinghast, Henry A. 
Tillinghast, Theodore F. 
Tingley, A. Curtis 
Tingle}', Edward H. 
Titcomb, William G. 
Tolman, Stacey 
Tower, Clifford S. 
Treat, Robert B. 
Tripp, Frederick E. 
Trowbridge, Edward R. 
Truman, Nathan H. 
Tully, William J. 
Vincent, Walter B. 
Waldron, Samuel C. 
Walker, P. Francis 
Walton, John M. 
Walton. John W. 
Wall, A. Tingley 
Wall, George A. 
Ward, Walter 
Waterman, Stephen 



58 



Watson, Arthur H. 
Watson, Byron S. 
Watson, Edward L. 
Watt, Peter M. 
Webster, George E. 
Weeden, Clinton R. 
Weeks, Francis S., Jr. 
Wendelschaefer, Felix R. 
West, Thomas F. 



Adams, James W. 
Andem, Eugene X. 
Andrews, E. M. 
Arnold, Warren O. 
Atwood, H. C. 
Atwood, William E. 
Ayers, Orlando H. 
Babcock, Daniel A. 
Ballon, Lattimer W., 2d. 
Banks, Willard N. 
Barbour, Charles M. 
Barhydt, James A. 
Barney, Algernon H. 
Barney, Rodman 8. 
Barrett, Harry V. 



Wheelock, Jesse M. 
Wheelwright, Franklin 
Whipple, Walter W. 
White, Albert C. 
White, Henry T. 
White, Hunter C. 
Wbitehouse, John S. 
Whitely, Samuel 
Whittaker, George W. 



Wightman, Walter R. 
R. Wilbur, Job 
Wilcox, Dutee 
Wilcox, Howard I). 
Wilkinson, Edward l)e F. 
Williams, George W. 
Williams, W. Fred 
Williams, Wade W. 



Williamson, Alfred M. 
Willman, George 1'. 
Willson, Edmund R. 
Wilson, Charles A. 
Winship, Henry B. 
Wirtb, Henry R. 
Wirth, Phillip 
Wise, Edward 



ARMY AND NAVY, 2. 
Abbot, Col. Charles W., Jr. Bliss, Maj. Gen. Zenas R. 

LIFE, U 

Leavitt, Edward C. 



Bars tow, George B. 
Barlow, Alfred C. 
Battey, William J. 
Baxter, Winslow 
Beal, Herman L. 
Bellows, Frederick L. 
Benson, H. P. 
Birge, Cyrus A. 
Blackington, Harry ('. 
I) lake, James E. 
Bouvier, Joseph 
Bowen, Vincent M. 
Bowes, Alphonsus L. 
Bowles, S. W. 
Boyden, John R. 



NON-RESIDENT, 235. 

Bradstreet, Herbert B. 
Bride, Thomas H. 
Brierly, Walter E. 
Briggs, George T. 
Brock, Henry 
Brown, A. Swan 
Browning, Stephen T. 
Buffum, Albert J. 
Bull, Melville 
Burgess, George D. 
Burnham, Edward E. 
Burnham, Henry H. 
Burnham, Waterman R. 
Butler, Charles M. 
Butler, J. S. 



( labot, ( 'harles L. 
( 'ampbell, George 
Campbell, John 
Campbell, Malcolm 
Canfield, William C. 
Cass, John W. 
Caswell, W. Herbert 
Chadwick, George B. 
Chapman, ( 'harles D. 
Chappell, C. P. 
Chase, Thomas H. 
( 'lap, Harvy 
Clarke, Herbert A. 
Clifford, Charles C. 
( 'ollamore, George W. 



Wolcott, Henry 
Woodworth, Albert ( '. 
Wood, William II. 
Woodworth, Albert ('., Jr 
Wright, Percy 
Young, Arthur L. 
Young, Nicholas B. 
Young, Walter A. 



Collins, DavidS. 
Cook, Austin S. 
Cooke, Samuel P. 
Cooper, Louis H. 
Corr, Peter II . 
Crafts, Albert B. 
Croft, Howland 
Cross, George D. 
Cummings, Arthur B. 
Cunningham, Edward !•'. 
( iushing, A. L. 
Davis, Henry C. 
Dorr, Charles E. 
Draper, Ray E. 
Drost, C. A. 



59 



Dudley, II. II. 
Eaton, Kdu in R. 
Ellis, W. II. 
Elms, James ( '.. Jr. 
Feeley, Ambrose 
Fisher, Elton I'.. 
Francis, F. ( !harles 
French, < >. I [erberl 
Friedlander, William S. 
Fuller. Marshal II. 
Fumess. ( Jeorge A. 
I'\ ans, -I. T. 
Getchell, II. Eugene. 
Giddings, [saac -I. 
( Mass. James 
Glueck, Edward 
( rrant, ( reorge I'.. Jr. 
1 1 reene, ' reorge W. 
( rreene, James ( lullen 
Greene, W. Maxwell 
Halladay, Hair) II. 
HaUett, William R. 
I lam. Li\ ingston 
Hanson, Herbert F. 
Hartley, Harry 
I law kins. ( )ry W. 
Hayward, Henrj T. 
Hiscock, Henry L. 
Holden, Frank E. 
Huh. William F. 
I [opkins, Earl ( '. 
Hovey, Fred E. 



Howard. Frederick A. 
I low ard, I [erbert 
Hudson. Samuel E. 
Hurd, C. Russell 
Hutchins, < Shades II. 
Jacobs, I'>. Richmond 
Jencks, Frank II. 
Jonassohn, I >scar T. 
Jones, B. L. 
. I ones. Frank R. 
Johnson, ( 'larence I). 
Joslin, C. S. 
Keach, Edwin H. 
Keeler, Charles P. 
Keith, B. F. 
Kenerson, Austin H. 
Kent, Willard 
Kessell, Henry 
King, Irving' 
Kingman, L. Barney 
Landers. Albert ( '. 
Lane, Herbert R. 
Lawrence. William F. 
Lawton, George R. 
LeCato, William N. 
Lee, Thomas Z. 
Leonard. Henry B. 
Lewis. Ira F. 
Lewisohn, Jesse 
Lewisohn, John 
Liepziger, Siegmund 
Lilienthal. L. 



Lippitt, Clarence W. 
Ludowicy, John 
Luther, Charles B. 
Luther, Gardner C. 
Mann. Arthur B. 
Manning, Eugene A. 
Mara. Joseph P. 
Marshall. Robert 
Marshall. John 
Meader, .John F. 
Mercer, George H. H. 
Merriman, Charles H., Jr, 
Merritt, Arthur 
Mills, Frederick. .1. 
Mulford, Vincent 8. 
McDowell, Henry B. 
McRae, Arthur A. 
Neylan, Daniel J. 
Nichols, Arthur C. 
Nichols. William P. 
Nixon, Howard D. 
Norton, B. F. 
Page. Rufus W. 
Parker, Harry C. 
Peirce, Edward R. 
Pendleton, James M. 
Perrin, Royal E. 
Pierce, Christopher P. 
Polsey, Charles N. 
Prew, H. Fred 
Proctor, Charles S. 
Land. F. T. 



Rathburn, Edward H. 
Rhodes, Peleg A. 
Pace, Clifford H. 
Rice, Edward R. 
Rich, William G. 
Richmond, Harry B. 
Ricker, Henry II. 
Riley, Alton H. 
Robbins, Charles M. 
Roberts, Charles E. 
Robinson, A. Melville 
Robinson, B. F., Jr. 
Rose, James A. 
Rusden, E. A. 
Russell, John M. 
Sheldon, John L. 
Shepardson, George L. 
Shibley, John A. 
Simpson, Louis 
Sims, Bernard 
Skinner, A. Homer 
Singleton, James H. 
Smith, Chester B. 
Smith, Charles B. 
Smith, George R. 
Smith, J. Beakley 
Smith, Lewis M. 
Smith, Stanley G. 
Snow, Howard I). 
Spear, Alonzo P. 
Stanwood, Gus G. R. 
Staple, Ernest 



Stillman. David F. 
Stockton, Henry M. 
Stroud, William 
Sturtevant, Lorenzo P. 
Sweatt, M. Louis B. 
Swift, John I). 
Taft, Cyrus A. 
Tenny, Charles H. - 
Theobald, Jean G. 
Tinkham, Ernest W. 
Trainor, Henry R. 
Trunkett, Frederick G. 
Tucker, James G, Jr. 
Turner, Henry R. 
Ulmann, Morris S. 
Valk, David W. 
Wagner, George W. 
Watson, Clarence L. 
Watt, George D. 
Weinz, W. C. 
Weld, Charles H. 
White, A. Tenny 
White, Selim S. 
White, William H. 
Whitin, G. Marston 
Wiley, S. Brewster 
Williams, Herbert M. 
Willis, George L. 
Wilson, Charles 
Wolfenden, John W. 
Wood, Horace P. 



60 



LADY ASSOCIATE MEMBERS, 134. 



Abbot, Mrs. ('has. W., Jr. 
Aldrich, Mrs. E. Frank 
Aldrich, Miss Maud A. 
Allen, Miss Anna M. 
Almy, Miss Mary C. 
Andrews, Mrs. Albert L. 
Andrews, Miss Leila P. 
Anthony, Mrs. Sarah F. 
Annington, Miss E. E. 
Arnold, Miss Jessie L. 
Avery, Mrs. William B. 
Ballon, Mrs. Susan A. 
Barker, Mrs. Richard J. 
Barnes, Mrs. John M. 
Bassett, Miss Bertha M. 
Belden, Miss Marion H. 
Blaisdell, Miss Florence D. 
Blodgett, Mrs. Susan C. 
Boyd, Mrs. John E. 
Boyden, Mrs. George E. 
Bratesman, Miss C. F. 
Bridge, Miss Alice. 
Brophy, Miss Mary 
Buell, Mrs. William C. 
Butler, Miss Irene B. 
Capron, Miss Helen M. 
Carpenter, Miss Anna M. 



Carpenter, Mrs. Edmund 
Cary, Mrs. Antoinette H. 
Caswell, Miss Addie II. 
Chase, Miss Isabel F. 
Chase, Mrs. William B. 
Chubbuck, Mrs. Etta H. 
Coleman, Miss Anna 
Collins, Miss Alice R. 
Collins, Mrs. George L. 
Cranston, Miss Helen 
Cranston, Miss Louise 
Crowell, Miss Carrie J. 
Crowell, Mrs. James L. 
Curry, Mrs. Aaron B. 
Danielson, Mrs. C. I. G. 
Dart, Miss Amy F. 
Dart, Mrs. William C. 
Dawson, Miss Margaret A. 
Douglas, Miss May E. 
Duffy, Miss Anna G. 
Duff}', Miss Susan G. 
Dugane, Miss Mary 
Dunphy, Miss Mabel 
Dunster, Mrs. Henry, Jr. 
Dyer, Mrs. Mary E. 
Eames, Miss Laura C. 
Edgar, Mrs. Jane H. 



Edwards, Miss Ethel M. 
Ely, Mrs. Joseph C. 
Evans, Miss Martha W. 
Flanders, Miss Nellie S. 
Fletcher, Miss Sarah 
Fortier, Miss Alice P. A. 
Foster, Miss Alice L. 
Fox, Miss Esther 
Gladdings, Mrs. Wni. B. 
G lover, Miss Sarah J. 
Greene, Miss Florence C. 
Harrison, Mrs. Charles E. 
Himes, Miss Bertha L. 
Holbrooke, Miss M. F. 
Jencks, Miss Anna B. 
Kenyon, Miss Harriet M. 
Kern, Miss Fannie R. 
Kindelan, Miss Mary A. 
Kingsley, Miss Jennie E. 
Laity, Miss Lisle 
Lawton, Miss Phoebe I. 
Leu, Mrs. Charles W. 
Lincoln, Mrs. Ada M. 
Linton, Miss Rachel M. 
Lithgoe, Miss Margaret 
Losea, Miss Florence A. 
Luther, Mrs. James W. 



Lyons, Miss B. Laura 
Martin, Miss Rosa 
Metcalf, Mrs. I. Harris 
Metcalf, Miss Lucy A. 
Miller, Mrs. Elizabeth P. 
Moody, Miss Louise M. 
Mumford, Miss Ida G. 
Murray, Mrs. J. Midgley 
McAuslan, Mrs. George U. 
McDonald, Miss Lena G. 
McGuinness, Miss Ellen A. 
Nichols, Miss Emma 
O'Brien, Miss Mamie 
Parker, Mrs. J. Fred 
Payton, Miss Carrie 
Pearlstone, Miss Anna T. 
Pierce, Mrs. Grace W. 
Potter, Miss Dorothy F. M. 
Potter, Miss Hattie A. 
Potter, Mrs. Isabel Y. 
Provan, Miss Flora 
Ralph, Mrs. L. E. 
Ralph, Miss Nellie 
Ray, Mrs. Grace 
Riley, Miss J. M. 
Rocheleau, Miss M. Flora 
Rockwell, Miss L. T. 



Shaw, Miss Lulie B. 
Slocum. Miss Grace W. 
Slocum, Mrs. Philip \Y. 
Sprague, Miss Mary L. 
Stott Miss Anna 
Swan, Miss Emma L. 
Taft, Miss Amie II. 
Teel, Miss H. Russell 
Thompson, Mrs. Geo. B. 
Thornton, Miss Hattie M. 
Tilton, Mrs. I. K. 
Towle, Miss Mary F. 
Tremper, Mrs. \\ T illi;iin ('. 
Underwood, Miss Grace 
Wade, Mrs. Wm. II. (2d) 
Wake, Miss Clara, 
Walcott, Miss Florence 
Wheeler, Miss Grace E. 
Whitford, Mrs. Alice A. 
Wild, Miss Annie L. 
Wild, Miss Kale M. 
Winsor, Miss Nettie L. 
Wolters, Airs. Grace E. 
Woodward, Mrs. W. C. 



61 



DECEASED MEMBERS, 62. 



Alfreds, Henry J. 
Anthony, Marl C. 
Aylesworth, Hiram 15. 
Bachellor, ( Iharles H. 
r>;ild\\ iii. ( Iharles F. 
Barden, Bernard 
Barker, William 
Harms. I low ard \\ . 
Bloodgood, 1 [orace S. 
Boms, Joseph C. 
Bosworth, Benjamin M. 
Bradley, Charles 
Brown, Edward C. 



Brown, R. < J-renville 
Carpenter, George M. 
Chadwick, Oliver B. 
( lhamherlin, II. E. 
Chapman, Robert B. 
Cole, Walter H. 
Congdon, Frank H. 
( Iranston, Henry C. 
( Jrossley, Robert 
Darling, Cortez A. 
Farmer, William T. 
Fessenden, Samuel 
Fessenden, Thomas F. 



Fuller, ( reorge A. 
Gilmore, Robert J. 
Grant, George P. 
Hartwell, Mortimer H. 
Hoppin, Edward W. 
Humphrey, L. II. 
Johnson, Richard M. 
Johnson, George H. 
Kelly, E. A. 
Liddle, David C. 
Lowe, William II.. Jr. 
Morrow, Robert 
Nicholson, William T. 



O'Hare, Robert 
Pomeroy, H. J. 
Pomeroy, Gorham P. 
Radeke, Gustav 
Rathbone, Oscar J. 
Robinson, Edward A. 
Rose, George P. 
Rose, Rolland L. 
Sayles, George A. 
Sayles, James R. 
Schott, John C. 
Sheldon, William I). 



Spencer, Thomas 
Spice r, Henry R. 
Thayer, Edward 
Troup, John E 
Tucker, William A. 
Van Slyck, Nicholas 
Waterman, William B. 
Wesson, Samuel A. 
West, George J. 
Wheaton, Mark O. 
White, Henry C. 
Wilkinson, George 



SUMMARY— JUNE 3, 1899. 

Active 659 

Army and Navy 2 

Life 1 

Non-resident 235 

Associate Lady 13-4 

Registered Lady 650 

Registered Children 61 

Total 



1,031 



11 



1,742 



62 



George H. Burnham, 

4 EQUITABLE BUILDING. 



• • • »• 
♦• • • • 

• • • •• 
• • • • • 

• • • • • 



Auctioneer and Appraiser. 



WW. 

w.v. 
•.v.v. 

• • • • • 



REAL ESTATE 
and LOCAL STOCKS. 



Lorraine Mills Remnant Room. 



A full line of seasonable fabrics in Remnants and 
Seconds. 

These Remnants and Seconds are slightly defected 
pieces of cloth which for manufacturer's reasons cannot 
be sold to the trade. 

Consequently they are disposed of through the 
Remnant Room, direct to the consumer at less than 
manufacturer's prices. 

The seasonable goods carried are : 



Ginghams, 
Silk Ginghams, 
Lawn, 
Muslins, 
Shirtings. 



Cheviots, 
Serges, 
Cashmeres, 
Coverts, 

Nun's Veilino;. 



Lorraine Manufacturing Co. 



Pawtucket, R. L 



63 



THE CRYSTAL ICE COriPANY, 

Wholesale and Retail Dealers. 



ctttttctt 



We give the most careful attention in 
the selection of our Ice, and use only 
the best that can be obtained, as Pure Ice 
adds much to the health of the com- 
munity. 

We believe in doing our best to give 
our patrons exactly what they expect, and 
at the SAME PRICE that inferior ice 
is sold. 



Genl. Manager and Proprietor, 

Mr. David F. Sherwood. 



j* 

j* 
j* 

<* 




_4&F~? 



WW" 



CO. 






Cuts** 1 W 






WHOLESALE ^RETAIL 
ICE 



P 
) 



Office 124 Washington Stre 
Telephone 615 

Providence, R.L 

ICE FROM PURE SPRING WATER. 



CAPACITY 

90,000 TOITS. 



OUR ICE IS CUT FROM.* 
^ePURE SPRING WATER 

FROM THE FOLLOWING PONDS^ 

Barrowsville Lake, Mass. 

Crystal Lake, North Smithfield. 
Tarkiln Pond, Burrillville. 

Spring Green Pond, Warwick. 
Sand Pond, Cranston. 

Print Works Pond, Cranston. 
Which are fed by springs only. 

From these ponds the Crystal Ice Co. 
obtain ALL their Ice for family use. All 
of them are free from sources of pollution. 
Therefore this Ice is especially suitable to 
use in drinking water and cracked Ice in 
sickness. 



^ 
* 

<* 
<* 



MAIN OFFICE, 

124 Washington Street. 



64 



HISTORY 



OF THE 



PROVIDENCE ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION. 




ITS CLUB HOUSE AND PRIVILEGES. 



HE Providence Athletic Association was organized 
under its charter on May 23, 1891, with 655 members. 

Its location, on the corner of Weybosset and Potter 
streets, containing 9,113 : : ' square feet of land, was 
voted on January 9, 1893, and Messrs. George L. 
Shepley, John Shepard, Jr., and Walter A. Peck were 
appointed a special committee to buy the property 
and erect a club-house. On May 31, 1893, a first 
mortgage of $125,000 and second mortgage notes to 
the amount of •$ 100,000 were authorized. These were 
all taken, and the notes have since been changed to 
coupon bonds. The Association is authorized to hold 
property to the amount of #100,000. The Association's elegant and 
commodious building was formally opened with a crowded reception 
on June 16, 1891, and has been in successful operation since, with 
all the improvements experience could suggest. It has become indis- 
pensable in the life of Providence and vicinity, appreciated alike by 
its members and the ladies and children of their families. 

THE CLUB HOUSE. 

The P. A. A. Club House is a five-story brick building, with a 
basement. The main entrances are handsomely recessed from the 
street, and an ornamental bay-window, finished in copper, projects 



from the front of the building on the second, third and fourth 

stories. There are also side bay-windows on the second and third 

stories, and an entrance for servants and the delivery of supplies on 

Potter street, The structure is equipped with fire-escapes, and the 

large, flat roof is strong enough to serve for a roof 

garden. 

The interior arrangements are upon an ample 

scale. The building is heated by steam, piped for gas, 

fitted with pneumatic tubes, and possesses an artesian 

well-system, a laundry, and an electric lighting system 

of its own. At the top of the Club House, in 

front, an electric emblem blazes forth the Club 

design at night, and the brilliantly-lighted 

building 1 is even more noticeable than in the 

daytime. There are two plunger elevators, 

one passenger, the other for freight: also a 

sidewalk lift on Potter street, A light-shaft 

rises above the second story on the servants' 

side of the house. There are lavatories on every floor, and 

the house is fitted with screens, Venetian curtains and awnings. 

A long-distance telephone room opens from the entrance hall 

on the firstfloor, and the Club House has electric time service. 

The main office provides post-office, cigar, railroad and 




65 





messenger service. There is a coat room with 
complete service on the first floor, and a cloak 
room on the fifth. The door-men admit an 
average of 400 people daily, and a list discloses 
if ,in\ member sought can he found in the Club 
House. A buffet and lunch-room are situated 
(in the first floor, and serving rooms on the first, 
second and fourth floors. The Governing Com- 
mittee's room and Superintendent's office is 
located on the first floor. The publication 
office of ••Tin'. Triangle" is situated on the 
.second floor, as well as a photographic dark 
room. The kitchen, pantry, storerooms and ser- 
vants' quarters are on tin- fifth floor. There are 
many comfortable chambers on the third floor. 
Some members reside at the Club permanently. 
The bowling alleys are in the basement. 
The cycle room has an entrance from the side- 
walk on Weybossel street. The steam, electric and water systems 
are interesting features. There are two Franklin boilers in the 
basement, of 80 horse power each, and fitted 
with injectors and Worthington pumps. There 
is a double electric light system, two dyna- 
mos with a capacity of 1,200 Lights on three 
circuits, driven by 65- and oil -horse power 
Armington & Sims engines. The steam 
laundn is run by a 6 -horse power motor. 
The artesian well, sunk 342 feet into slate 
formation, has a capacity of 50 gallons a minute 
when pumped. :',.". gallons being the estimate 
aecessarj for the house ; the temperature of 
,1,,. water is about 55 degrees. A Peane 




pump, sending 2h gallons a stroke, and commonly run "20 to 25 
strokes a minute, drives the water to the storage tank on the 
roof, holding 10,000 gallons, and thence the water is distributed 



through the house. 



HOURS. 



\|y \l/ HE Club House is open the year round from 8 A. M 

*ff = t\ == ^ 12.30 at night, except Sundays, when it closes at 11.1 




P. M. 



to 

30 

The dining and beverage service is maintained 



until midnight, but on Sundays closes an hour earlier; 
upon special occasions different arrangements are made. 
The employes are neatly liveried in blue, and divided 
into two watches. There are 75 in all departments of 
the Club House. One of the House Utiles, in force in 
all clubs to preserve equality of attention and proper service, 

reads: "No member or visitor shall give any money or gratuity 

to any servant of the Association." The division of 
hours in the various departments, and in the gymna- 
sium (dasses, is regulated by special rules. Generally 
speaking, Tuesdays and Fridays are for ladies in the 
daytime. 

DINING ROOMS. 

The main dining room, located on the fourth floor, 
and handsomely hung with paintings, is 42 by 50 feet, 
and ordinarily seats 105 persons; as many as 150 
people, however, can be accommodated at a special din- 
ner. A serving room and a wine room both open 
from the dining room, and a cigar case is placed at the 
desk. The arrangement is principally that of small 
tables, seating two to four people, although larger 
parties can be placed together, and a large oval table 
occupies the centre of the room. There is a handsome 



66 





sideboard and special monogram linen, china and silver- 
ware. From 12 to 3 o'clock daily a table d'hote lunch 
is served for thirty-jive cents, and it is unequalled in 
the city. There is also a regular menu served to order, 
and an extensive carte du jour. The prices here, as 
of other things in the house, are lower than in the 
city's first-class restaurants and hotels. Everything 

is of the best quality and prepared in a manner not 
approached elsewhere. Orders can be given at the 
office or by telephone 856, to be served at any desired 
time. On Saturday evenings, in the winter, the ladies' 
theatre dinners (table d'hote, for a dollar), are given 
here from six to eight, with an orchestra. Early break- 
fast is served for lodgers. The complete menu is served 
only in the dining rooms and sent to the Turkish 
Baths, but sandwiches, crackers and cheese are served 
throughout the Club House, except in the fencing and 
boxing rooms, gymnasium and swimming pool. 

The private dining room, on the fourth floor, is in 
considerable demand for dinner parties. In fact, din- 
ners of various societies and social bodies are constantly being given 
at the Club House. The gymnasium is brought into use for larger 
organizations, and can accommodate as many as 500 diners. Notable 
dinners here have been that tendered the Mexican, Central and South 
American Trade delegates, the dinner of the Brown University Club, 
of Providence, and the Alpha Delta Phi Convention. 

In the ladies' dining room on the fifth floor the full service is 
maintained. This dining room seats 36 people ; tables are spread 
in the adjoining reception room for any excess, making it possible to 
accommodate 60. It is a particularly well-liked resort for suppers 
after the closing of the theatres. The location of the Club 
House, within a block of the principal shopping district, makes the 




ladies' department a favorite place for shoppers, both with city 
residents and for ladies out of town. In fact, the service of the 
Club House readily shows it to be the easily accessible centre of 
300,000 people, located as it is, upon almost the principal street of 
the city of Providence, and passed by nearly all lines of trolley cars. 

SOCIAL ROOMS. 

The second story of the Club House is its social floor. The 
Club "smokers" are sometimes given in this portion when not pre- 
sented in the gymnasium, with its large stage. The second floor 
comprises the spacious parlors, the leading room, writing room, the 

social card ro s and the large billiard room. There is 

a cosy fire-place, daily papers, and a large variety of maga- 
zines and periodicals in the quiet, well-lit reading room. 

In the centre of the front parlor a large table displays 
the Club books received from other associations. Here 
are found many of the Association's celebrated gallery 
of paintings by Rhode Island artists, and along the hall- 
way a unique collection of old prints and some marines. 
The writing room contains excellent examples of poster ait. 
The billiard room occupies the entire southerly end of 
this floor, and is completely equipped with four 
billiard and three pool tables, of Garden City make and first- 
class quality. There an' free and private cue racks, a cigar 
ease, and a raised platform for spectators to witness matches 
and tournaments. 

The ladies' writing room, reception room and dining 
room on the fifth floor are about the daintiest bit of work in 
the Club House, although the entire interior is noteworthy 
in its art variations of color in the finish. 

The ladies' rooms are decorated in Louis Quatorze 
style, hung with paintings, and a beautiful fire-place is sur- 





Im 



rounded by etchings in satin depicting characters from the works 
oi George Eliot. There are papers and magazines, and an extensive 
library of the better fiction fills an idle hour. 

There are about 12f> papers, periodicals and magazines, in all, 
furnished at the Club House. 

SOCIAL ENTERTAINMENTS. 

I lie 1'. A. A. has always been more than generous in its enter- 
tainments and social occasions. It lias furnished at one time and 
another, tree to its members, about everything to he found in the 
amusement line, such as chamber concerts, band concerts, music 
recitals, dancing, minstrel shows, vaudeville, lectures, concerts, 
gentlemanly athletic entertainments, smokers, moonlight excursions, 
etc. The selectii ns have been varied, and no one could he found 
who would not he pleased with something. The P. A. A. has 
always been to the front in its entertainments, and it is always 
patriotic and public-spirited. A special committee has charge of the 
s,lli;i1 entertainments, and its energy and good judgment contributes 
greatly to their success. The apparatus in the superb Gymnasium 
is SO constructed that the floor can at once he cleared of all obstruc- 
tions and the room turned into a line theatre, with splendid stage 
and fixtures. 

ART GALLERIES. 

The Club I louse is richly endowed with art. Its Art ( lommittee 
has brought together on its walls a representative collection of the 

work of Rhode Island artists, and nowhere else in the State can such 
a valuable selection he found. The canvases are all excellent, ami 
many of them magnificent examples of the work of painters known 
everywhere in the ait world. The catalogue is as follows: 



CATALOGUE. 

PRESENTED BY THE ARTISTS. 

OILS. 

Androclus and the Lion (2) ff ugo Bruel 

Vase and Flowers E C . Leavitt 

Marine Storm (/. ]r> Whitaker 

Portrait of Ex-President George L. Shepley L. D. Norton 

Grandfather's Joy Stacy Tolman 

Landscape, with Cattle (J. W. WMtalcer 

New Hampshire Landscape 

Shore Scene Frank W. Marshall 

Shee P Miss M. N Pair-point 

Landscape in Capri H. Cyrus Farnum 

Girl tt 

Bicycle Girl 

Fish E. C. Leavitt 

Fruit Stacy Tolman 

Marinu Oh. Walter Stetson 

Italian Landscape F. C. Mathewson 

Fleur-de-lis 

Children in Field K Baxin . 

Chrysanthemums u 

F. W. Marshall 

Lan,lsc;l P e F. Kinyon 

< lows at Pasture Lillian M. Parker 

Landscape F . C. Mathewson 

Marsh Scene Frank W. Marshall 

Ducks E.L.Swan 

Shore Scene.... K X< Smythe 

"Dorothy's Hollow," Narragansett Pier L. D. Norton 

Mountains... A Lm 



68 



Marine Profile N. F. Leganger 

Cottages on Bank Anonymous 

WATER COLORS. 

Flower Garden. s. R. Burleigh 

Girl in Boat » 

Marine Henry W. Cady 

Flowers Miss A. Cook 

Miss Coleman 

Landscape Miss Parmelee 

H. Anthony Dyer 

Glastonbury Cathedral W. Livingston Anderson 

Flower Girl m. Goodman 

The Woodland Brook S. R. Chaffee 

POSTERS. 
Athletic Entertainment S. R. Burleigh 



Billiard « p rank H . Martin 

Ladies' Day, June 16, '96 Walter 0. Holt 

PRESENTED BY MEMBERS. 
BY ISAAC C. BATES. 

Figure of Fisherman (oil) E. Baxter 

BY EDWARD S. ALLEN. 

Windmill at Tiverton (oil ) B. W. Stillwell 

Landscape (oil) Baylies 

Dutch Boats (water color) G. W. WhitaJcer 

BY S. M. VOSE. 

Scene in Algiers (oil) j\ Robinson 

Landscape (oil) Laeomhe 

Rocks and Pool (oil) Debasten 

Portrait of Napoleon (print) 

BY WALTER A. PECK. 

Hen and Chickens (oil) E. Baxter 

Partridge (oil) Hal Morrison 



Egyptian Scene (oil) A. /•'. 

Portrait of Tennyson (etching) G. Mercier 

Bierstadt, Rocky Mountains (steel engraving) Untitle 

Old English Prints 

BY GEORGE L. SHEPLEY. 

Yacht (oil) \y. F. Halsall 

Fred S. Cozzens 

Naval Vessels (photographs) 

BY JOHN SHEPARD, .IK. 

Marine— Off Rocky Point (oil ) Anonymous 

BY K. H. TINGLE V. 

Bust (in plaster), John Howard Payne H. Baerer 

BY STEPHEN WATERMAN. 

Country Club (photographs) 

BY HENRY C. AYLSWORTH. 

" The White City " (steel engraving) 

BY "THE TKIANGLE." 

Portrait of Washington (albertype) Gilbert Stuart 

Toddy at the Cheshire Cheese (print) Sadler 

The Village Doctor (print) Stacy Tot, nan 

LOANED. 
BY G. W. WH1TAKER. 

Wind Storm (oil) G. W. Whitaker 

Boat on Lake Shore (oil) " 

BY ALONZO FLINT. 

Judith (oil) Anonymous 

BY C. J. DA VOL. 

Constantinople (photograph) 

BY THE CALUMET CLUB. 

The Calumet (water color) 

BY P. A. A. BOWLING TEAM, NO. 1, 1S97-98. 
"The Armada is in Sight" (steel engraving) 

WILLIAM M. P. BOWEN, 

Secretary, P. A. A. 



69 



New Form of Advertisement Adopted June 1, 1899. I 

M 




EXPRESSLY FOR THE FINE TRADE 




WINTHROP M. BAKER, 

545 Atlantic Ave., Boston. 

, . '■' . 



The Above Cut Appears on Back of Every Package. 



Alpha Music Company 



L. H. JOSSELYN. Manager. 



Music Composed, Copied, Q Music Published ™? Arranged. 
Copyrighted, I Mimeograph Copying 

TranSpOSed and Revised. J Of Music and Other Hatter a Specialty. 



• • • • • 



What I). W. Reeves 
says of Prof. Josselyn. 






•n 



I have known Prof. »* 

Josselyn many years, 0* 

and can acknowledge his 85 

• 
wonh in his chosen field. ^2 

. . Not only an able ^* 

executant and enter- oi 

• 
tainer, but a composer of 2£ 

threat merit. Many or ^ 

his compositions have »c 

reached a high degree of 92 

popular favor. # * 

I). \V. Reeves, ^ 

o/ Reeves' Am n Band. m * 

92 



• • » • •» ••••••• ••• 




ARTHUR SAVAGE JOSSELYN, 
« Solo Pianist « 

131 MATHEWSON STREET, 
Opposite New M. E. Church, PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



70 




PALMER RESIDENCE (FRONT VIEW), SITE OF P. A. A. CLUB HOUSE. 



71 




IT NEVER SLEEPS" 




A 



LM( 1ST all of the Hanks in Providence and a great majority of firms which 
handle GOLD, SILVER, PRECIOUS STONES, SILKS and FINE 
LACES, or other things that burglars hanker for are absolutely pro- 
tected againsl thefl by the RHODE ISLAND ELECTRIC PROTECTIVE CO. . . The HOLMES SYSTEM has stood the test of years, and even its inventor 
cou lc| qo1 cir< umveul it. . . The Central Station of the Company, No. 32 Custom House Street,— open night and day— is a very interesting place to visit. Besides 
the Burglar Alarm l'lant is the System by which millions of dollars' worth of property all over the city is automatically protected against fire; the System which fur- 
nishes Electric Clocks and provides the Standard Time for all the State, and several other valuable systems of Electric Service, altogether furnished to about one 
thousand subscribers. There are no competing devices in any of this Company's department, and its service rendered is always most efficient and satisfactory. 



THE PICTURE 

represents the work of two men with chisels and 

wedges in two hours anil fifty minutes. Not only 
the side' wall of the safe, hut that of the inner steel 
chest was entirely removed. It was a splendidly 
built safe. 

THE MODERN BURGLAR 

takes no such noisy or troublesome way. lie merely 
has to attach a piece of carbon by a piece of wire to 
the electric light connection or to the trolley wire 
or to his own batteries, ami then smoke a comfort- 
able cigar while lie burns holes the diameter of his 
arm through chrome steel. Corliss safe metal or 
any thing else that is called "burglar-proof,' 1 at the 
rate of almost an inch every two minutes. 




The Rhode Island 
Electric Protective Co. 



ABSOLUTE PROTECTION AGAINST 

FIRE AND THIEVES 

ELECTRIC CLOCKS and STANDARD 
TELEGRAPH TIME 



r> . 



J. M. ADDEMAN, 

President. 

WM. SMITH, 

Vice-President. 

HENRY A. BARKER, 

( (en'l M'g'r ami Treas. 

J. W. WHITE, 

Gen'l Superintendent. 



Central Office : 

32 Custom House Street. 

Treasurer's Office : 

104 Industrial Trust B¥g. 



THE OLD WAY. 
72 





ilkiifc 







PALMER RESIDENCE (REAR VIEW), SITE OE P. A. A. CLUB HOUSE. 



Established 1858 



William Barton, 

Hatter and 
Furrier, 



AND DEALER IN 



Gentlemen's 
Furnishing 

and 

Outing Goods. 



No. 288 WESTMINSTER ST 



Providence, R. 



A. g TROUP & gO 



MANUFACTURERS OF 



AND DEALERS IN 



I1IQH*QR/Ib 



AGENTS FOR 



&/,, 



$ 



runswick 

..CIGAR.. 



BOX TRADE A SPECIALTY. 



ii&E/-;&> * 



36 Dorrance Street, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 
74 




Tilden-Thurber Co. 

Cj^^jtL Silversmiths, 
Jewelers, 

Importers. 

Tilden-Thurber co. Stationery, Cut Glass, 
Clocks, Watches, Fine Leather Goods, 
Umbrellas and Canes. 

G 
O 
R 
H 

A 
M 



C 
O 
'S 



Repre- 
senta- 
tives 
in 
Provi- 
dence. 



V 



fs. 



1 






<- ; 






■■■&&* fe*, 



% *8 






TILDEN-THURBER CO. 

Westminster and Mathewson Sts. 




CLUB OFFICE. 



75 






Fidler Brothers, 



JOBBERS OF 



HATS, CAPS, AND GLOVES, 

AND MAKERS OF THE POPULAR 

BURNSIDE HAT. 

boston officer* jjV 171 Westminster Street* 



ytN 



56 summer street. f 46 Dorrance Street, ^^« 



76 




MAIN HALL, FIRST FLOOR. 



77 



Exqusite Enjoyment and Perfect Repose Secured in the Use of. 



I frerftction 



ftlR MATTRESSES, 
PILLOWS, . . . 
6USHI0NS, ETC. . 



Made of... 

Rubber Coated Gloth. 

NonrAbsorbent, Odorless. 
Strong, Durable, Portable. 
Will Not Bulge. 





CATALOGUE FREE 
ON APPLICATION. 



YACHT MATTRESS. 



For Boating, Yachting, Canoeing, 

Camping, Fishing, Hunting, 

Hospital and Sick Chambers. 





i 



Mechanical 
Fabric S> 
Company, 



PROVIDENCE, 
RHODE ISLAND. 



CAMP MATTRESS WITH PILLOW. 

(ALSO SHOWING MATTRESS DEFLATED.) 



THE " CONQUEROR" SINGLE TUBE TIRE # * 



#^ 



'.<■: 



r y 



\ \ *"¥:-§<• . / 



p 






wmM 




Is made in Providence by the 



Mechanical Fabric Company, MSEtftBM 



rers of 
the United States. 



78 




z 
o 

w 

w 
u 
•/. 



79 



on- an ni 

— — THE FAMOUS NARRAGANSETT LAGER AND ALE 



BECAUSE IT IS AS FINE AS CAN BE MADE. 

cl/i'se cl/omen use 

THE FAMOUS NARRAGANSETT MALT EXTRACT 



BECAUSE IT IS AN ABSOLUTELY PURE ARTICLE THAT INVIGORATES. 



Wise Jfousekeepers The QUR ART , F/C/AL , CE 

BECAUSE IT IS MADE FROM ABSOLUTELY PURE SPRING WATER WHICH CONTAINS NO GERMS. 

f/arragansett S/Jrewing Co. 

CALIFORNIA WINE CO. 



A general assortment of Wines and Liquors exclusively for Family Trade, received 

direct from the producers. 

A CENTS FOR ClOSS' CALIFORNIA OLIVE OlL AND RlPE OLIVES, 

and Healing Springs Lithia Water. 



T. S. MITCHELL & CO., Proprietors, 

Telephone No. 316. 15 & 19 North Main St., Providence, R. I. 

80 




BUFFET. 



81 



liltlwn 



* *&^~ 



ii 







PLANT OF l'ROVIDENCE MACHINE CO. 




BARBER SHOP. 



S3 




MATHBWSON STREET ENTRANCE. 

WEDDING GIFTS. WEDDING STATIONERY, 
WHIST PRIZES, LOVING CUPS. 

CHAFING DISHES. FINE REPAIRING. 

B1XBY SILVER CO.. 137 Mathewson St. 



W A. FISK, Pres't. 



G. W. WILLIAMS, Treas. 



G. F. WILLIAMS, Sec'y. 



II 





Manufacturers of and Dealers in 



Agricultural Implements 



AND 



SEEDS 

OF ALL KINDS. 

WOODEN WARE 

and FERTILIZERS. 



WRAPPING PAPER 
and PAPER BAGS. 



KW 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



84 




CLUB PARLORS— SECOND FLOOR. 



85 



Standard Mill Supply Co, 

BANIJFACTIIRERS AND DEALERS I\ 

GENERAL MILL SUPPLIES. 



ROLL COVERERS' 
TOOLS AND SUPPLIES. 



SPECIALTIES : 

Fayerweather «fe Ladew, Hoyt's Short 
Lap Belt. 

J. Meredith Jones <te Sons' Celebrated 
Roller Leather. 

Worrall Brothers' Comber Needles. 



SALESROOM, 77 EXCHANGE PLACE, 
WORKS, 18 & 20 WEST EXCHANGE ST., 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



Jim old, jrzoffman <5c Co., 

importers of 

Sncligo, *Dj/e Stuffs, 
Chemicals. 



Solo ■?{tjronts for i/ie 

7/fathieson jflkali Works, 

Saltvi/le, 2/a., and 7/iagaia S^alis, 9/. 2/. 



^Providence, 


«§M§» 






/few 


Work, 








Boston, 


Edward E. 
William H. 


ARNOLD. 
HOFFMAN 




^Philadelphia. 



86 




MAIN DINING ROOM. 



WHIST ROOM. 



Not Made by a Trust! 




MORE RUBBER, 
BETTER QUALITY, 
WEARS LONGER, 



THAN ANY 

TIRE 
YET MADE. 



Boston Branch, 

^7-^9 Beverly St. 



Qui' Oum. ExjKoex. 



ss 




ONE OF THE SLEEPING ROOMS. 



READING AND WRITING ROOMS. 



89 



GINN & COMPANY, | 

PUBLISHERS. |g 

The house of Ginn & Company, the well-known 
school-book publishers, has for many years been sec- 
ond to none in the educational value of its books, and 
in the short space of a little over a quarter of a cen- 
tury has grown to be the largest single school-book 
house in America. It has branch offices in New York, 
Chicago, Columbus, Atlanta, Dallas and London. 

The "Athenaeum Press" is a large five-story 
building, located in Cambridge, Mass., devoted ex- 
clusively to the printing, binding and shipping of 
the firm's publications. In this model building may 
be seen the most improved machinery known to the 
printing and binding business. The wonderful and 
costly machines placed on every floor of this build- 
ing demonstrate the remarkable ingenuity and 
mechanical skill of the present age. The output of 
the "Athenaeum Press" is at present ten thousand 
volumes per day, and its capacity is for double that 
number. 

The text-books of this firm rank as peers of any in 
the world. The high schools and colleges through- 
5>j out the country use extensively its publications, and 
nS the lower schools use an enormous number of them, 
gJ such as Frye's Geographies, Montgomery's His- 
j"3j tories, Cyr Readers, Wentworth's Mathematics, ^t 
J^j Blaisdell's Physiologies, Classics for Children, Stick- ~\ 
^ ney's Readers, Tarbell's Language Lessons, and cO 
iXj many others. yj 















THE 

THOMAS & LOWE 

MACHINERY CO. 


MACHINERY, 

TOOLS, AND 

ENGINEERS' 
SUPPLIES. 


57 WASHINGTON STREET, 
PROVIDENCE, R. 1. 











90 



2H-, --<* 
W 




ENGINE AND DYNAMO ROOM. 



BOILER ROOM. 



91 



.yNSAiAIAjX;' 




l HE Pomroy Coal Co 



DEALERS IN 



K 



£oal and mood 



.OFFICE. 



YARDS, 
330 EDDY ST. and 184 DYER ST 



Ho. 35 WEYBOSSET STREET, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I 





92 




SERVING ROOM, KITCHEN AND LAUNDRY. 



93 



o 




o 


F. P 


SHELDON & 

MILL, 

HYDRAULIC, 

STEAM, 


CO. 


and ELECTRICAL 






ENGINEER. 






«««« 




Industrial Trust Build 


ING, 




PROVIDENCE, R. 1. 




Long 


Distance Telephone 2653. 




«••« 




director 




TEXTILE 


exhibit for u. s. 




TO PARI 


S EXPOSITION IN 1900. 





Citizens Savings 

o 



Bank, 



Located at High St. Bank, 

846 Westminster St. 

President, JOHN AUSTIN. 

Vice-President, JAMES B. PAINE. 



DIRECTORS 



William S. Hay ward, Arthur E. Austin, 

Lester S. Hill, Charles F. Irons, 

Charles Law, E. C. Ostby, 

Edwin Lowe, Daniel P. Williams. 



Dividends January and July 



INTEREST COMMENCES WITH THE FIRST OF EACH 

MONTH. 

E. ALLEN, Secretary and Treasurer. 



5»4 




LADIES' RECEPTION ROOM— FIRST FLOOR. 



95 






ERjs 



SAPONAC£0£/S, 



P reP d> 

Sold Every-where 



'or -The Te&th 

i LBERT L. C ALDER. 



PR O UV a E. A/ C/E. Q. /. 



96 




LADIES' DRAWING-ROOM. 



97 



.. 



Tnn TrgF^n KWw* 



?? 



Few there are who have not, at some time, heard this old song. 
The} nu\ have heard its ringing strains burst from the throat of either 
a Ludwig, DeReske, or a Whitney, sung with all the dash of which a 
great singer is capable; but to hear it aright one should actually be 
•• Down deep within the cellar.*' and hear the melody roll from the 
lips of a great German basso, while •• Drinking, drinking, drinking.*' 
Such was my privilege in September of 1889. 

It was at Creuznach, near the Rhine, that old German city origi- 
nally founded by the Romans and now famous for its vintages of wines. 
It is an old saying that if you would see the carnival, see it at Rome. 
11 you would drink the wines of the Rhine, drink them at Creuznach ; 
not in a "Weinstube," but in some deep, cool and semi-dark wine vault. 

It was in this old city that I met Ilerr X, the great basso, and 
heard him sing. Through him I met Herr Wirth, the genial owner 
of huge vineyards and a connoisseur in wines. Then it was my good 
fortune to drink rare old wines and to wonder why we never had 
such in America. At least I did wonder then, hut do so no longer. 
Under their guidance I visited the Kauzenberg, famous for its wines 
even in so famous a city. Then through the courtesy of Herr Wirth 
I visited his own vineyards. It is a glorious estate, and may well 
bring forth good fruits. The vines hung heavy with the great purple 
clusters of grapes waiting to give up their fragrance and flavor to a 
new vintage that should in time delight the taste of an epicure. After 
watching the transition from grape to wine by the picturesque cdad 
peasant, we visited the great vaults of Herr Wirth. and here came 
the song. Before us lay the immense casks and butts piled tier 
on tier. We sampled I locheimer of 1874, Xiersteiner of a still older 
vintage, Steinwein, Norheimer, and yet more. In a moment of inspira- 
tion the great basso, who had gone with us. leaning against a, huge 



butt and with a glass of old Wachenheimer held aloft where the 
slanting rays of light shone through the glass, turning each head to 
a crystalized gem, he suddenly opened his lips and out pealed 
" I m tie fen Keller." 

Never w r as song so sung before; the long, cool vault, the great 
casks, silent, yet oh, so full, and the singer, with glass poised aloft, 
sending out tone after tone as only a great singer can at moments 
of inspiration. My host was moved to tears and another bottle, 
which the singer and myself were too much wrought up to refuse. 
It may be uncertain as to whether it was the surroundings, coupled 
with the famous brew, which so brought out the beauty of the song, 
hut there was no uncertainty as to the wines. They needed no 
accompaniment to add to their aroma and taste. 

It was with feelings of regret that I was at last obliged to leave 
the great vault and the host, and a day later to leave ( "reuznach. Never 
would I hear this old song again under such circumstances, and never 
would I again taste such wines. It is no wonder that Mendelssohn 
was inspired to write his beautiful u Rhine Wine Song," if he ever 
visited Creuznach. No wonder that the " Rhinelanders " have the 
reputation of ik knowing how to live."" The poorest repast, when 
washed down by such wines, would become a kingly feast. 

From that occasion I have never cared to listen to the soner 
again. Neither have I cared to taste again the vintage of the Rhine 
until quite by accident I met Mr. Wirth, of Jacob Wirth & Co., here 
in Providence, and recalling the incident of the song, Mr. Wirth 
invited me to visit his vaults located in Providence, and afterwards 
his vaults located in Boston. Here I found the same old wines; 
here they were bright and sparkling, brought directly from his estate 
and vaults in old Creuznach, without passing through the hands of 
some vandal who did not know a wine from a cider. Again I drank 
the beloved old Wachenheimer and Steinwein, and blessed the fate 
which threw me in the path of Ilerr Wirth. 



US 




LADIES' MORNING ROOM. 



99 




T. FEARNEY, 



WHOLESALE AND RETAIL 
DEALER IN 



FISH,* 

GAME,* 

CLAMS,* 
OYSTERS, 
LOBSTERS, 

S0FT GRABS, TERRAPIN, ETC. 



LIVE BAIT. 



PURE COD LIVER OIL A SPECIALTY. 



42 and 44 EXCHANGE PLACE, 

TELEPHONE 2039 AND 2117. PROVIDENCE R. I. 



if i c hols' 
Jvpot/iecari/> 




COR. DORRANCE AND 
WEYBOSSET STS. *** 



The Best of Everything at Reasonable 

Prices. 



| PRESCRIPTIONS COMPOUNDED I 
| AS WRITTEN BY THE PHYSICIAN. I 



/S UNEQUALLED IN THE CITY. 



PROMPT ATTENTION AND 
COURTESY TO ALLJJJJlj 



77/. O. Vficho/s, ZProp. 



100 




LADIES' DINING ROOM. 



M. VOGEL, Steward. 



101 




AND SHIP 

THEM 

ALL OVER THE 

COUNTRY. 



Highland Bottling Go. 



Springfield, Mass. 



102 




VIEW FROM LADIES' DINING ROOM. 



103 



.AND. 



FIREPLACES 



wnnn parpfts Are und ° ubted, y tne 

most conspicuous ar- 
ticles of Furniture that 
can be used in a home 
or office. There is 
nothing that attracts 
the eye so quickly, or adds so much dignity and beauty to 
tlie mom. In consequence, they should be of artistic design 
and correct in every detail. The material, workmanship and 
finish should be of the best. They need not of necessity be 
expensive in order to have these very essential qualities. 

If you buy from parties who have a reputation for artistic- 
work, you can find what is required at prices that will suit 
your purse. We now have THE FINEST AND LARGEST 
WAREROOMS in our line in New England, if not in the 
United States. Three floors in our Providence Warerooms 
arc filled with every grade of goods, including over one 
hundred different designs of MANTELS. 



1 

wi. 



I 



I 

d 

ill 



TILES. 



We have every kind of TILE 
that the market can offer, both 
domestic and imported, for 
bath-rooms, fireplaces, vesti- 
bules, floors, etc. 



FIREPLACE GOODS 

of all kinds. We have a beau- 
tifully assorted line in andirons, 
fenders, grates, screens, etc. 



Very pretty and serviceable 

Andirons and Grates 

for summer residences, iu vari- 
ous grades. 



Papier Mache 

for inside and outside decora- 
tion. 



a 



# 



is 



Parquetry Floors 
and Wood Carpet, 

Did you know that we can 
furnish, lay, and finish a beau- 
tiful quartered oak floor, and 
put it down over your old lloor, 
at the same price, or less, than 
you must pay for a good car- 
pet ? 

Think of the wearing quality 
of an oak floor ! What can be 
mure healthy '? There is no 
trouble in keeping them look- 
ing well if properly finished. 



Gas and Electric Fixtures 

at lowest prices. Call and get 
our quotations. 



CROOKER flANTEL & TILE CO. 



220 Devonshire St., 

BOSTON, MASS. 



230=232 Weybosset St.,— 1 = 15 Richmond St., 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



104 




LEAVITT PICTURE, IN PROVIDENCE ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION'S CLUB HOUSE. 



105 



WOMEN AT THE ATHLETIC. 



The wife, mother, mi married daughter and unmarried sister of any 
member may receive a card, free, entitling her to the privileges of the 

ladies' portions of the 
( lull House. These 
arc called registered 
lady members. Other 
ladies may receive the 
same privileges, when 
their names have been 
regularly approved by 
the Governing Com- 
mittee, at an annual 
charge of $ 10.00, the 
year expiring Septem- 
ber 30th. These 
associate lady mem- 
bers believe their 
privileges well worth 
the thirty-eight and a 
half cents a week 
charged. 

The ladies at the 
Club House always 
have the use of their 
reception rooms and 
dining room ; during 
the da\ time Tuesdays and Fridays they have the exclusive 
use of the Turkish Baths, Swimming Pool, Gymnasium and locker 
'■ n. and on Friday afternoons they are entitled to use the Bowline 




Alleys. On Saturday evenings, in the winter, the ladies* theatre 
dinners are served in the main dining room, and they of course 
attend all entertainments and special occasions provided for them. 

The service is complete, including a hairdresser and manicure, 
hesides the attendants in the Turkish Baths, a housekeeper, a dress- 
ing maid in the locker room, and one in the cloak room. The 
dining-room service is better than in private houses generally, and 
the orders are generous. Those who complain incessantly are of the 
class who "would find fault if they were going to be hung." 

The magazines and library are very convenient for all ladies 
who wish an hour's rest in the busy part of the town. 

The privileges of the Gymnasium are not appreciated because 
they are not understood. There are many ladies under the care of 
physicians who would do well to take an intelligent course of 
gymnastics under the instructor in charge of this work, subject at 
all times to carrying out the directions of the family physician. 
Many now owe their good health in great measure to the work in 
the Gymnasium. Not only is this work exhilarating, hut the shower 
baths in connection are most beneficial ; during the cold weather 
their use has prevented the usual colds contracted when such oppor- 
tunities have been lacking. 

The Turkish Baths have greatly improved, and every effort is 
made to give the best service and comfort to the patrons. 

The Swimming Pool adds much to the value of the Club, as 
ladies and young children are taught to swim here successfully 
before venturing in the ocean. 

The privileges are many, and are appreciated by the ladies 
of the P. A. A. 

THE LADIES' COMMITTEE. 



lot; 



WHIST AMONG THE MEN. 



From the time the P. A. A. first opened its doors, the game of 
whist has had many followers among the members. The Narragan- 
sett Whist Club, one of the oldest in the United States, joined the 
P. A. A. in a body, and formed the nucleus of the whist element, 
which has since grown steadily in numbers. The club players have 
an enviable reputation as prize winners at home and abroad. The 
American Whist League challenge trophy has been won, defended, 
and lost a number of times, while the trophies of the New England 
Association travel periodically between this city and Boston. This 
record is especially true of the Robinson Trophy. This trophy was 
given to the New England Whist Association by Mr. George H. 
Robinson, of the P. A. A., to be played for as a perpetual trophy by 
the clubs of the New England Association. The giver provides a 
handsome shield to each club that wins the trophy twelve times. 
The P. A. A. has already scored a number of wins toward a shield, 
and hopes in the near future to have one hanging on the wall in 
the whist room. 

In all of the New England meetings, P. A. A. names will be 



found among the prize winners. In the spring meeting (1899) of 
the N. E. W. Association, at the Vendome, in Boston, nine prizes, 
nearly if not cpuite one-half of those awarded, were won by 1*. A. A. 
players. 

One of the special features of the whist play in the club is the 
Saturday evening matches, under the Howell system for pairs. 
These matches have done more to bring outside players into the 
whist room than any other method of play. A small entrance fee is 
charged, which is used to provide two sets of prizes, which go to 
the pairs making the highest and next to the highest scores for 
the evening's play. Monday and Wednesday evenings are devoted 
to play in teams of four and straight whist. 

The P. A. A. offers exceptional advantages to all whist players 
who may wish to become members. The whist rooms are large, 
quiet, well ventilated, well lighted, and fitted up second to none in 



New England. 



B. B. MANCHESTER, 
Secretary of Committee mi Cord Games. 



107 




mmmmmmmm^ 

WIRING, 

DYNAMOS, 
MOTORS, 

TELEPHONES, 
STORAGE 

BA TTERIES, 
REPAIRS. 

ISOLATED LIGHT AND POWER PLANTS 
jt^ot^FOR MILLS AND RESIDENCES 
stjUj.*stjjtjjjkjkjtjtjjtA SPECIALTY. 



ALL WORK GUARANTEED. 



Walter Thurber, 

357 WESTMINSTER ST. 

TELEPHONE 1390. PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



>/.- 



H 



AVE YOU TRIED THE 



La O 

Intrepido » 

THE FINEST CLEAR HAVANA 
IN THE WORLD. 



FOR SALE BY 



HUNTOON & GORHAM, 

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL 
TOBACCONISTS, 

43 Weybosset Street, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



?S- 



108 




P. A. A. CHAMPION INTER-CITY WHIST TEAM, 1898-99. 



109 



WHIST AMONG THE WOMEN. 



Shortly after the Athletic Association became an accomplished 
fact, the besl whist players congregated there, and it did not take 
long to realize that, as a local whist centre, it had no equal. The 
women shared this feeling, and ever since the earliest whist tourna- 
ment, in L897, it has been the aim of the management to elevate 
the standard of play and create the impression throughout the city 
that nowhere could such good whist he found among the women. 

The Ladies' Committee then started a tournament, which was 
such a decided success that ever since three or tour have been given 
every year, varying in length from six to twelve meetings. Strange 
as it may seem, the first principles of whist, absolute quiet, and 
whist for scores not -prizes, were inculcated from the start. 

A large matinee whist was given in April. 1897, filling the 
gymnasium, ami initiating many into the mysteries of duplicate 
whist. Thai same month five women were sent to represent the 
1*. A. A. at the congress which met in Philadelphia to form the 
Woman's Whisl League. No scores of special merit were made, 
hut the w hist horizon had w idened, and they came home with an idea 
of what whist na ant to the women of other cities. 

In November of the same year about twenty ladies, who had 
been prominently identified with the tournaments, met to organize a 
whist (duh for further development and study. Up to the present 
time tic club, known as the 1*. A. A. Ladies' Whist Club, although 
not a precocious infant, has grown in grace and strengthened, 
until the standard of play is beyond the most sanguine expecta- 
tions. All whist clubs of any stability seem to go through various 
Stages of development, and this one has seen its tips and downs, but 
the unjust spirit of criticism and narrow-minded bickerings seem to 



be wanting. The business meetings are so arranged that every voice 
can he heard, and it is realized that if the feelings of the individual 
are not stated at the proper time it is much better for her thereafter 
to hold her peace. Another thing is universally admitted, that those 
who do not work have no right to sit by and criticise : so, altogether, 
it is quite a model cduh. The membership is about thirty, and it has 
an excellent Constitution and By-Laws, and is a member of the W. 
W. L. To the skeptical men who say, "Oh, yes, woman's whist." 
they throw down the gauntlet without fear or trembling, simply 
asking for a chance to show what two years of hard study has done 
for them. 

In April, 1898, the whist club gave a large evening whist. 
which was an immense success. Over eighty tables were in play. 
Soon after the club sent a team of four to Philadelphia to the Woman's 
Whist Congress. One of the members was the secretary of the 
League, and Providence was well represented. The four, as a team, 
did not make a good score, but each member won -top'* in some 
one of the open contests, and six prizes came to this city. The club 
has been greatly aided in its upward struggle by the well-known 
whist teacher. Mrs. Wm. C. Buell, who is one of its most prominent 
members. Classes have been formed, and much of the good playing 
in the club is due to her tine instruction. 

The women of Boston have been studying whist likewise, and 
the Marlborough (dub offered a trophy to be contested for by teams 
of four women, the trophy to-be the property of the four who win 
twelve times. A team consisting of Mrs. W. C. Buell (captain), 
Mrs. C. R. Bucklin, Mrs. W. C. Tremper and Miss Greene, entered 
the contest and won the trophy from a Salem team. This they suc- 



110 



cessfully defended against the team from Waltham, but lost, the 
following week, to the four from the Cavendish Club of Boston. 
Before playing again the team is strengthened by practice and a 
chance to rest. The 48 boards required, for a match wear upon the 
strongest constitution, and it is not understood why such a demand 
was made by the club offering the trophy. 

Friday afternoon tournaments have been carried on for the 
benefit of those who enjoy whist but do not particularly care to study 



it. Some idea of the popularity of whist at the P. A. A. may be 
gained from the fact that an invitation tournament was planned for 
one Friday afternoon, and one hundred and thirty were present, 
without special preparations. Matinee whists are popular in the 
gymnasium, and as some four hundred can be comfortably seated, 
next season will doubtless witness many such attractive events, 
besides the regular tournaments. 

One of The Women Whist Players. 



LADIES' WHIST CLUB, P. A. A. 



CONSTITUTION. 
ARTICLE I. 
Section 1. — Name. — This organization shall be known as the 
Providence Athletic Association Ladies' Whist Club. 

Sec. 2. — Object. — The object of this club is to encourage and 
aid the stud}- and play of whist. 

Sec. 3. — Membership. — Any lady may become a member who is 
a member of the Providence Athletic Association. 



ARTICLE II. 

Section 1. — Regular Meetings. — There shall be a regular meet- 
ing for the transaction of business the first Tuesday of each month, 
excepting June, July, August and September. 

Sec. 2. — Annual Meetings. — The regular meeting the first 
Tuesday in November shall be the annual meeting. 

Sec. 3. — Special Meetings. — Special meeting may be called at 
any time at the discretion of the President, or by the Secretary, on 
the written request of five members. 

Sec. 4. — Quorum. — Seven members shall constitute a quorum. 



ARTICLE III. 

Suction 1. — Officers. — The officers of this club shall consist of a 
President, a Vice-President, a Secretary and Treasurer, and an Official 
Scorer, all of whom shall be elected at the annual meeting, and shall 
hold office for the term of one year and until their successors are 
elected. Vacancies in any office may be filled by vote of any regular 
meeting. 

Sec. 2. — Duties of the President. — The President shall preside 
at all meetings of the club, and shall be ex-officio a member of all 
committees. 

Sec. 3. — Duties of tin' Vice-President. — The V ice-President shall 
perform the duties of the President in her absence or inability to act. 

Sec. 4. — Duties of the Secretary and Treasurer. — The Secretary 
and Treasurer shall keep full records of the meetings of the club, 
shall collect all dues, have charge of all the funds and disburse them 
only as directed by vote of the club. 

Sec. 5. — Duties of the Official Scorer. — The Official Scorer shall 
take charge of the score cards used in all matches, shall compute the 



111 



& 



THE INDUSTRIAL SCIENCES 

Taught by Correspondence, a Comprehensive and Thorough 

Technical Education. 

The trades and professions already covered by our Courses are Mechanical 
Engineering; Steam Engineering ; Electrical Engineering; Plumbing, Heating, 
and Ventilation ; Chemistry; Sheet Metal Pattern Drafting; Architecture; Civil 
Engineering and its branches of Railroad, Bridge, Municipal and Hydraulic 
Engineering; Mining Engineering; and Bookkeeping and Stenography. 

Great care is taken to have the courses thoroughly up-to-date. They are 
frequently revised, in order that the very latest and best methods may be incor- 
porated. Practicing engineers of the highest standing find them a most convenient 
means of regaining what thev have lost by want of practice, and ot becoming 
thoroughly reestablished and reinformed in their professions. 

The Colliery Engineer Company, Proprietors of the International Cor- 
respondence Schools, are incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania, and have 
a credit rating in the mercantile agencies of R. G. Dun & Co. and Bradstreet of 
more than S i ,000,000.00. 

Boston Agency, 218 Tremont St. 



?* R 



112 



scores under the direction of the Committee on Cards, and shall 
preserve the results in such form as the President shall direct. 

ARTICLE IV.— Committees. 

Section 1. — Committers on By-Laws. — At the annual meeting 
the President shall appoint a committee of three on By-Laws, who 
shall hold office until the next annual meeting. They shall report 
on all proposed amendments to the Constitution and By-Laws. 

Sec. 2. — Committee mi Nominations. — At a special meeting in 
October, the President shall appoint a Committee on Nominations of 
either three or live members, as she shall see fit, who shall present, 
at the following annual meeting, a list of nominations for the officers 
to be then elected. 

Sec. 3. — Committee on Pie//- — The President shall at least one 
week prior to each regular meeting appoint a committee of three on 
play, who shall hold office for the following calendar month, and 
during that time shall have charge of the cards, trays, and other 
paraphernalia belonging to the club, shall keep the same in proper 
condition for use, superintend the formation of tables, determine the 



system under which all matches shall lie played and the method of 
scoring the same, shall give directions concerning the disposition of 
the score cards, and shall perform such other duties in connection 
with the ahove as the President shall direct. 

Sec. 4. — Vacancies on Committees. — The President may lill 
vacancies on any committee at any time. 

ARTICLE V. 

Section 1. — Amendments. — The Constitution or By-Laws may 
be amended at any regular meeting by a two-thirds vote, providing 
notice of the substance of the proposed amendment has been given 
at the preceding regular meeting. 

BY-LAWS. 

I. — Each member of the club shall annually pay to the Treas- 
urer the sum of $ 2.00. 

II. — The laws and etiquette as adopted by the American Whist 
League shall govern the play of this club. 



.^Sh 




113 



u/ise 97/en use 



THE FAMOUS NARRAGANSETT LAGER AND ALE 

BECAUSE IT IS AS FINE AS CAN BE MADE. 



u/i'se u/omen use 



m 



THE FAMOUS NARRAGANSETT MALT EXTRACT 

BECAUSE IT IS AN ABSOLUTELY PURE ARTICLE THAT INVIGORATES. 

Vse Jfousekeepers 1/se QfJR ART / F / C/AL /CE 

BECAUSE IT IS MADE FROM ABSOLUTELY PURE SPRING WATER WHICH CONTAINS NO GERMS. 

Tfarragansett S/jrew/ngr Co. 




bromide enlarge men 
Water Colons 



T |_ 87 Westminister St. 



114 



DUPLICATE WHIST. 



OFFICIAL LAWS, ADOPTED JULY, 1898, BY THE AMERICAN WHIST LEAGUE. 
[For General Whist Roles, see the Numerous Treatises on this Subject.] 



Law I, Section 1. — Definitions. — The words and phrases used in 
these laws shall be construed in accordance with the following 1 defi- 
nitions, unless such construction is inconsistent with the context: 

(A) Hand. — The thirteen cards received by any one player 
arc termed a " hand." 

(B) Deal. — The four hands into which a pack is distributed 
for play are termed a "deal;" the same term is also used to desig- 
nate the act of distributing the cards to the players. 

(C) Tray. — A "tray" is a device for retaining the hands of a 
deal and indicating the order of playing them. 

(D) Denier. — The player who is entitled to the trump card is 
termed the "dealer," whether the cards have or have not been dealt 
by him. 

(E) Original Play, Overplay. — The first play of a deal is termed 
" the original play ; " the second or any subsequent play of such 
deal, the "overplay." 

(F) Duplicate Whist. — "Duplicate Whist" is that form of the 
game of whist in which each deal is played once only by each player, 
but in winch each is so overplayed as to bring the play of teams, 
pairs or individuals into comparison. 

(G) Renounce, Renounce in Error, Revoke. — A player "re- 
nounces " when he does not follow suit to the card led ; he " renounces 
in error " when, although holding one or more cards of the suit led, 
he plays a card of a different suit ; if such renounce in error is not 
lawfully corrected, it constitutes a "revoke." 

(H) Trick "Turned and Quitted r — A trick is "turned and 



quitted " when all four players have turned and quitted their 
respective cards. 

Law II, Sec. 1. — Format i mi of Team*, Arrangement of Players. 

-The contesting teams must each consist of the same number of 

players. They may be formed and seated at tables as determined 

by agreement, lot or otherwise, and the positions of the players at the 

table shall be designated as " North," " East," " South " and "West." 

Law III, Sec. 1. — Shuffling. — Before the cards are dealt they 
must be shuffled in the presence of an adversary or the umpire. 
Each player has the right to shuffle them once before each deal, each 
new deal, and each new cut. In all cases the dealer may shuffle last. 

Sec. 2. — Right to Re-Shuffle. — The pack must not be so shuffled 
as to expose the face of any card, and if a card is so exposed each of 
the players has the right to re-shuffle the pack. 

Law IV, Sec. 1. — Cutting for the Tramp. — The dealer must 
present the cards to his right hand adversary to be cut ; such adver- 
sary must take from the top of the pack at least four cards and place 
them towards the dealer, leaving at least four cards in the remaining 
packet ; the dealer must reunite the packets by placing the one not 
removed in cutting upon the other. If in cutting, or reuniting the 
separate packets, a card is exposed, the pack must be re-shuffled and 
cut again ; if there is any confusion of the cards or doubts as to the 
place where the pack was separated, there must be a new cut. 

Law V, Sec. 1. — Deeding. — When the pack has been properly 
cut and reunited, the cards must be dealt, one at a time, face down, 
from the top of the pack, the first to the player at the left of the 




WE ARE SELLING THE 



New River 
Steam... 

=COAL= 

Which for Steaming purposes 
IS UNEXCELLED. 



TRY IT, AND BE CONVINCED. 



also, FAMILY COAL OF BE5T QUALITY. 

Providence Coal Co 



lie, 



dealer, and each successive card to the player at the left of the one 
to whom the last preceding card has been dealt. The last, which is 
the trump card, must he turned and placed face up on the tray, or, 
if no tray is used, then at the right of the dealer. 

Sec. 2. — Compulsory New Deal. — There must be a new deal: 
(A) If any card except the last is faced or exposed in any way in 
dealing. ( B) If the pack is proved incorrect or imperfect. (C) If 
either more or less than thirteen cards are dealt to any player. 
(D) If the dealer's hand does not contain the tramp card. 

Sec. 3. — New Deal on Request. — There must be anew deal at the 
request of either player, provided such request is made by him before 
he has examined his cards: (A) If the cards are dealt by any per- 
son other than the dealer. (B) If the pack has not been properly 
cut. (C) If a card is dealt incorrectly, and the error is not cor- 
rected before another card is dealt. (I)) If the trump card is 
placed face down upon any other card. 

Law VI, Sec. 1.— The Trump Card, Trump Slip on Original 
Deal. — The trump card and the number of the deal must be recorded 
before the play begins, on a slip provided for that purpose, and must 
not be elsewhere recorded. Such slip must be shown to an adversary, 
then turned face down and placed in the tray, if one is used. 

Sec. 2. — When to take up the Trump Card. — The dealer must 
leave the trump card face up until the first trick is turned and 
quitted, unless it is played to such trick. He must take the trump 
card into his hand and turn down the trump slip before the second 
trick is turned and quitted. 

Sec. 3. — On the Overplay. — When a deal is taken up for over- 
play, the dealer must show the trump slip to an adversary, and there- 
after treat the trump slip and trump card as in the case of an original 
deal. (See Law VI, Sec. 1.) 

Sec. 4. — Naming Trump or Examining Slip. — After the trump 
card has [been lawfully taken into the hand, and the trump slip 



turned face down, the trump card must not be named nor the trump 
slip examined during the play of the deal; a player may, however, 
ask what the trump suit is. 

Sec. 5. — Penalty. — If a player unlawfully looks at the trump 
slip, his highest or lowest trump may be called; if a player unlaw- 
fully names the trump card, his partner's highest or lowest trump 
may be called. 

Sec. <!. — Inflicting Penalty. — These penalties can he inflicted 
by either adversary at any time during the play of the deal in which 
they are incurred, before the player from whom the call can he made 
has played to the current trick; the call may be repeated at each or 
any trick until the card is played, but cannot lie changed. 

Sec. 7. — After Deal has been Played. — When a deal has been 
played, the cards of the respective players, including the trump card, 
must be placed in the tray face down, and the trump slip placed 
face up on top of the dealer's cards. 

Sec. 8. — Turning the Wrong Trump. — If, on the overplay of a 
deal, a trump card is turned other than the one recorded on the trump 
slip, and such error is discovered and corrected before the play of 
the deal is commenced, the card turned in error is liable to be called. 

Sec. 9. — Penalty. — If such error is not corrected until after the 
overplay has begun, and more than two tables are engaged in play, 
the offender and his partner shall be given the lowest score made 
with their hands on that deal at any table ; if less than three tables 
are engaged, the offender's adversaries may consult, and shall have 
the option either to score the deal as a tie, or to have the pack re- 
dealt, and such new deal played and overplayed. 

Sec. 10. — Recording Wrong Trump, Penalty. — Should a player, 
after the cards are dealt, record on the trump slip a different trump 
from the one turned in dealing, and the error be discovered at the 
next table, there must be a new deal; if the deal has been played 
at one or more tables with the wrong trump, the recorded trump 



117 



ESTABLISHED 1874. 

Davol Rubber Company, 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

FINE RUBBER GOODS. 

PROVIDENCE, R. I., U. S. A. 



US 




LADIES' WHIST MATINEE AT PROVIDENCE ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION. 



119 




Kelly - Springfield 
Tires. 

g^* t£7* $£** &r* 

The only way to have a comfortable ride, 
is to have 

SOLID RUBBER TIRES 

on your vehicle. 

^*" e^* 10** **?* 

THE ONLY TIRE TO USE ON YOUR 
CARRIAGE IS THE 

KELLY- SPRINGFIELD 
TIRE. 



PUT UP BY 



THE RUBBER TIRE WHEEL CO 

C. S. Mersiok <& Co., Licensees, 



152 WASHINGTON ST. 

PROVIDENCE. R. I. 



31-33 HAVERHILL ST. 

BOSTON, MASS. 



120 



must be taken as correct, and the pair of the player making the 
error he given the lowest score for that deal. If, however, less than 
three tables are in play, there must be a new deal. 

Law VII, Sec. 1. — Irregularities in the Hands; More or less 
than Correct Number of Cards; Penalty. — In case a player on the 
overplay is found to have either more or less than his correct num- 
ber of cards, if less than three tables are engaged, there must be a 
new deal ; but if more than two tables are in play, the hands must 
be rectified and then passed to the next table. The table at which 
the error was discovered must not overplay the deal, but shall take 
the average score. 

Sec. 2. — Cards left in the Tray. — If, after the first trick has 
been turned and quitted, a player is found to have less than his cor- 
rect number of cards, and the missing card or cards are found in the 
tray, such player and his partner shall be given the lowest score on 
that deal. 

Law VIII, Sec. 1. — Plot/inn. Turning and Quitting the Card*. 
—Each player, when it is his turn to play, must place his card face 
up before him, and towards the centre of the table, and allow it to 
remain upon the table in this position until all have played to the 
trick, when he must turn it over and place it face down, and nearer 
to himself, placing each successive card, as he turns it, so that it- 
overlaps the last card played by him and with the ends toward the 
winners of the trick. After he has played his card, and also after he 
has turned it, he must quit it by removing his hand. 

Sec. 2. — After Cards arc Played. — The cards must be left in 
the order in which they were played and quitted, until the scores 
for the deal are recorded. 

Sec. 3. — Turning Another Player's Card. — During the play of 
a deal a player must not pick up or turn another player's cards. 

Sec. 4, — Asking to sec the Last Cards Played. — Before a trick 



is turned and quitted, any player may require any of the other players 
to show the lace of the card played to that trick. 

Sec. 5. — Trick "nee Turned and Quitted. — If a player names a 
card of a trick which has been turned and quitted, or turns or 
raises any such card so that any such portion of its face can be seen 
by himself or any other player, he is liable to the same penalty as 
if he had led out of turn. 

Law IX, Sec. 1. — Cards Liable to be Called. — The following 
cards arc liable to be called : (A) Every card so placed upon the 
table as to expose any of the printing on its face, except such cards 
as these laws specifically provide shall not be so liable. ( B) Even 
card so held by a player that his partner sees any of the printing on 
its face. (C) Every card (except the trump card) named by the 
player holding it. (D) The trump card, if it is not taken into the 
dealer's hand, and the trump slip turned face down before the 
second trick is turned and quitted. 

Sec. 2. — " / can win the rest" etc. — If a player says, "I can win 
the rest," " The rest are ours," "It makes no difference how yon 
play," or words to that effect, his partner's cards must be laid face 
up on the table, and are liable to be called. 

Sec. 3. — Where to Place and when to Play Cards liable I" be 
Called. — All cards liable to be called must be placed and left until 
played face up on the table. A player must lead or play them when 
lawfully called, provided he can do so without revoking ; the call 
may be repeated at each or any trick until the card is played. A 
player cannot, however, be prevented from leading or playing a card 
liable to be called; if he can get rid of it in the course of play, no 
penalty remains. 

Sec. 4. — By whan and when Cards ran be Called. — The holder 
of a card liable to be called can be required to play it only by the 
adversary on his right. If such adversary plays without calling it. 



121 



the holder may play to that trick as he pleases; If it is the holder's 
turn to lead, the card must be called before the preceding trick has 
been turned and quitted, or before the holder has led a different 

card : otherwise he may lead as he pleases. 

Law X, Sec. 1. — Leading out of Turn: Penalty Lout. — If a 
player leads out of turn, and the error is discovered before all have 
pla\ ed to such lead, a suit may he called from him or from his partner, 
as the case may he. the first time thereafter it is the right of either of 
them to lead; hut the card led out of turn is not liable to be called. 
ami must be taken into the hand. The penalty can be enforced 
oiil\ by the adversary on the right of the one from whom a lead can 
law fully he called. If all have played to the false lead, the light 
to the penalty is lost: if one or more, hut not all, have played to the 
trick, the cards played to such false lead must be taken back and 
arc not liable to be called. 

Sec. 2. — When it is un Adversary's Turn tn Lead. — If a player 
leads when it is the turn of an adversary to lead, the right to call a 
suit is lost, unless the player having the right to inilict the penalty 
announces the suit he desires led before the first trick thereafter 
won h\ the offender or his partner is turned and (putted. 

Sec. 3. — Winn it is Partner's Turnto Lead. — If a player leads 
when it is his partner's turn, the proper leader must not lead until a 
suit has been lawfully called or the right to inllict the penalty has 
been waived or forfeited by his adversaries. If any one leads 
while liable to this penalty the card so led is liable to be called: 
hut if either adversary plays to such lead, the right to call a suit is 
lost. 

Sec. b -Penalty Paid.—Ii a player, when called on to lead a 
suit has none of it. the penalty is paid and he ma\ lead as he pleases. 

Law XI, Sec. 1. — Playing Out of Turn.— It the third hand 
plays before the second, the fourth hand also may play before the 
second. 



Sec. 2. — If the third hand has not played, and the fourth hand 
plays before the second, the latter may be called upon by the third 
hand to play his highest or lowest card of the suit led, or, if he has 
none of it, to trump or not to trump the trick ; the penalty cannot 
be inflicted after the third hand has played to the trick. If the 
player liable to this penalty plays before it has been inflicted, waived 
or lost, the card so played is liable to be called. 

Law XII, Sec. 1. — The Revoke; Revoke Established.— A re- 
nounce in error may be corrected by the player making it, except in 
the following cases, in which a revoke is established and the penalty 
therefore incurred: (A) When the trick in which it occurs has 
been turned and quitted ; (B) when the renouncing player or bis 
partner, whether in his right turn or otherwise, has led or played to 
the following trick; (C) when the partner of the renouncing 
player has called attention to the renounce. 

Sec. 2. — Asking Adversary if he Renounced. — At any time be- 
fore a trick is turned and quitted, a player may ask an adversary if 
he has any of a suit to which such adversary has renounced in that 
trick, and can require the error to be corrected in case such adver- 
sary is found to have any of such suit. 

Sec. 3. — Correcting Renounce. — If a player who has renounced 
in error lawfully corrects his mistake, the card improperly played by 
him is liable to be called ; any player who has played after him may 
withdraw his card and substitute another ; a card so withdrawn is 
not liable to be called. 

Sec. 4. — Penalty for Revoke. — The penalty for a revoke is the 
transfer of two tricks from the revoking side to their adversaries : it 
can be enforced for as many revokes as occur during the play of 
that deal, but is limited to the number of tricks won by the offend- 
ing side : no pair, however, can score more than thirteen on the play 
of any one deal. The revoking player and his partner cannot score 
more than the average on the deal in which the revoke occurs. 



12-J 



Sec. 5. — Claiming Revoke. — A revoke may be claimed 
at any time before the last trick of the deal in which it occurs 
has been turned and quitted and the score recorded, but not there- 
after. 

Sec. 6. — Examining Hands for Revoke. — At the end of the play 
of a deal, the claimants of a revoke can examine all the cards ; if 
either hand has been shuffled, the claim may be urged and proved if 
possible ; but no proof is necessary and the revoke is established, if, 
alter it has been claimed, the accused player or his partner disturbs 
the order of the cards before they have been examined to the satis- 
faction of the adversaries. 

Law XIII, Sec. 1. — Miscellaneous ; Gulling Attention to Trick. 
—If any one calls attention in any manner to the trick before his 
partner lias played thereto, the adversary last to play to the trick 
may require the offendei's partner to play his highest or lowest of 
the suit led, or, if he has none of that suit, to trump or not to trump 
the trick. 

Sec. 2. — Reminding Partner as to Penalty. — A player has the 
right to remind his partner that it is his privilege to enforce a penalty, 
and also to imform him of the penalty he can enforce. 



Sec 3. — Preventing Commission of Irregularity:— A player has 
the right to prevent his partner from committing any irregularity, 
except revoking. 

Sec. 4. — Enforcing Penalties. — If either of the adversaries, 
whether with or without his partner's consent, demands or waives a 
penalty to which they are entitled, such decision is final: if the 
wrong adversary demand a penalty, or a wrong penalty is demanded, 
none can be enforced. 

Sec. 5. — Failing to Comply with Call. — If a player is lawfully 
called upon to play the highest or the lowest of a suit, to trump or 
not to trump a trick, to lead a suit or to win a trick, and unneces- 
sarily fails to comply, he is liable to the same penalty as if he had 
revoked. 

Sec J).— Playing Twice in Succession. — If any one leads or plays 
a card, and then, before his partner has played to the trick, leads 
one or more other cards, or plays two or more cards together, all of 
which are better than any his adversaries hold of the suit, his part- 
ner may lie called upon by either adversary to win the first or any 
subsequent trick to which any of said cards are played, and the 
remaining cards so played are liable to be recalled. 




123 



THOS. R. BULLOCK'S 

ENTERPRISES 

Thirty years experience In the Billiard Business. 




PROF. THOS. R. BUI-LOCK 

TEACHER OF BILLIARDS 



PROPRIETOR OF THE FAMOUS 

TEMPERANCE - BILLIARD - HALL. 

151Weybossel St., Providence, R. I. 



Patentee and Manufacturer of the 
. - 231*iclo JSi^x-iia-S Cusliioii, . 

Dealer in and Importer of 

Billiards and Pool Tables 

All kinds of Billiard Goods. 



Office and Sal< sr ns, 

151 WEYBOSSET STREET, PROVIDENCE, R. I 
Telephone 120 



THOS. R. BULLOCK 

MANUFACTURING CO., 

FIRST-CLASS 

BILLIARD AND POOL TABLES 

FITTED WITH THE 

BLADE SPRING CUSHION. 

From 

$15000 TO $350.00. 

Second Hand T«."k>l©e» 

S75.00to S125.00 FITTED UP NEW. 

ALL- KINDS • OF • BILLIARD ■ GOODS 

Repairing in all its branches. 




Indorsed and now in use in Providence and the State of 
Rhode Island. 

HOPE CLUB, ATHLETIC CLUB, 

T K CLUB, NARRAGANSETT WHEEL CLUB, 

N'ARRAGANSETT HOTEL BILLIARD HALL, 
BAY SIDE CASINO, ELMWOOD WHEEL CLUB, 

ROGER'S BILLIARD HALL, 
THE FAMOUS TEMPERANCE BILLIARD HALL, 

also a number of Private Residences. 

N. B. The blade Spring gives speed and lasting powers 
that cannot be obtained by other cushions. For further par- 
ticulars call or address, 

THOS. R. BULLOCK. 

OFFICE AND SALESROOM, 



151 WeyboBset St., Providence, II I. 



Telephone 12 



THE 




Iron and Metals. 

CARRIAGE 
MATERIALS. 

jrforse Clothing, 
viable fixtures. 



THE 

UN \ MINI CO. 

CANAL. ELIZABETH AND NORTH MAIN SIS. 

Providence, R. I. 



124 




BILLIARD ROOM. 



125 




Callender, McAuslan & Troup Co., Boston Store, 

Providence, R. I. 



126 



BILLIARDS AND POOL. 



Last summer a club player took charge of renovating and 
improving the billiard room. That lie did his work well is patent 
to all familiar with the old conditions and the new. The present 
light coloring on the walls and the added ceiling electric lights have 
made the room particularly cheerful. The players equally appreciate 
the air-cushion banks, cloths, etc., put in at the same time. The 
P. A. A. Billiard Room is the " crack" room of Providence. 

Billiards and pool have been more popular this winter than 
ever before, except, possibly, during the club's first season. If some 

of the former billiard stars — Congdon, Goff, Gardner and Shove 

were back in the club they would have no trouble in finding foemen 
worthy of their steel. 

Last autumn the club was invited to enter an Inter-City League, 
with clubs in Fall River, New Bedford and Taunton, to contest in 
match games of billiards, bowling, pool and whist. The games 
proved very interesting, not only to the contestants themselves, but 
to the club members generally. The P. A. A. led from start to 
finish, and succeeded in winning about two-thirds of their games, 
the Dartmouth Club of New Bedford being the nearest competitor. 

Pictures of the various teams representing the P. A. A. in 
these contests are shown in this book. 

Since then, local handicap tournaments in billiards and pool 
have been held, second in size and interest to none in the history of 
the club. In the former there were thirty-one entries, divided into 
three classes, the individual rating ranging from 125 to go in the 
first class, 75 in the second class, and from (30 to 50 in the third 
class. Dr. Crocker, W. II. Ellis and Dr. Middleton won out in the 



three classes, and in the play-off for prizes, Dr. Middleton won first 
prize and Mr. Ellis second. 

In the pool tournament, Herbert B. Rust came out first ami 
John H. Mills second in the first division, and Frederick E. Harmon 
won in the second division. 

Altogether, the billiard and pool department may be said to be 
in a most flourishing condition. 

J. M. SMITH, 
Chairman, Committee on Billiards ami Pool. 



AMATEUR RULES. 

Three-Ball Carom Game. — Rules Governing the Amateur 

Billiard Championship of the United States, as 

Played at the Racquet Court Club. 

The Game. — The Three-Ball Carom game is played with three 
balls — two white and one red. 

Balls, Where Spotted.— The spot at the head of the table is 
called the white spot, and the one at the foot of the table the red 
spot. The centre spot is only used when a ball forced off the table 
finds both red and white spots occupied ; therefore, should the white 
ball forced off the table have its spot occupied, it would be placed 
on the red spot, or on the white spot if it be the red ball that is 
forced off the table. 

First Shot. —In beginning the game, the red ball and one white 
are placed in their respective spots ; the other white remains in 
hand, and is placed near the white spot previous to the opening 



127 



r$n- 



-ntrt 



w 



Hmatcur 



POCOS 

PREMOS 

KODAKS 

CYCLONES 

RAY, Hie 



Retail 



$ 
$ 



Plates 
Papers 



Che 

Providence Pboto 
Supply Company 

is? Illathewson Street 
Providence, R. T. 

H. L. VENABLE, 

Manager. 



Professional 



I 

I 



B 



LENSES 



m SHUTTERS 

I 

I CAIM) STOCK 



CHEMICALS 



1 



Che 



I 



ss 



Ceading Pboto Supply bouse i 
of Providence 




Wholesale 



Photographic Preparations 
Photographic Publications 






The 

Drake, Payson & Whittier 

Electric Company 

Are the people to trade with. 

Everything in the Electrical Line at 
Most Favorable Prices. 

183 Mathewson St. 

Providence, R. I. 

Telephone 1052. 



* it* m-^f^'W?^* It 

■vf\-^ ■pk^-&/. ■vK'^/ ^7\"~u/ v^- 

* it* it* it* it^m^ 



1JS 



stroke of the game. The player can take any position within six 
inches of the white spot on a line parallel, or nearly parallel, with 
the head cushion: but he must strike the red ball lirst before a 
count can be effected. Should he fail to score, his opponent makes 
the next play. 

RULES. 

Rule 1. — Stringing. — The game is begun by stringing. The 
player who brings his ball nearer the head cushion wins the choice of 
halls and lead ; however, should he touch either ball, or should his 
ball strike his opponent's ball while the latter is at rest, he loses 
choice and lead. The string is invalid and played over (1) when 
one ball has reached the lower cushion before the other has been 
put in motion: (2) when the balls, both being in motion, come in 
contact. 

Rule 2. — A Stroke. — A carom consists of bitting both balls 
with the cue ball; each carom will count for one for the player. 
Should the player fail to touch either ball with the cue ball it is a 
miss, his hand is out, and one is added to his adversary's score. It 
is foul, and no count can be made, (1) if a stroke is made except 
with the point of the cue; (2) if in making the stroke the player 
has less than one foot touching the floor ; (3) if he strikes while 
any hall is in motion; (4) if he places marks of any kind upon the 
cloth or cushions to guide his play. 

Rile S.—Ball off tin- T«bh>.— Any ball forced off the table is 
put back on its proper spot, the others remaining where they stop. 
However, should any ball be forced off after any player has counted, 
the count is good, the balls are spotted, and the player plays with 
his hall in hand. Should a ball forced off the table strike any 
object, and rebound back to the table or lodge on the cushion rail, 
it is counted as off the table. 

Rule 4. — Push Shot. — If the cue is not withdrawn from the 
cue ball before the cue ball comes in contact with the object ball, 



the shot is foul, the player loses his count on that shot, and his 
hand is out. 

Rule 5.— Balls Disturbed. — If the halls are disturbed through 
the medium of any agency other than the player himself, they must 
be replaced, and the player continues. 

Rule 6. — Balls Disturbed. — If in the act of playing, or after 
having played successfully, the player disturbs any ball other than 
his own, he loses his count on that shot, his hand is out, one point 
is added to his adversary's score, the ball disturbed is placed hack 
as near as possible in the position formerly occupied, the other lulls 
remaining where they stop. 

Rule 7. — Balls Disturbed. — Should a player touch bis own 
ball with a cue or otherwise previous to playing, it is foul, his hand 
is out, and he loses one count, to be added to his adversary's score, 
the balls remain where they stop, or are replaced as near as possible 
in their former position, at the option of his opponent. 

Rule 8. — Nearly Frozen. — When the cue ball is very near 
another, the player shall not play without giving the referee time to 
see that they do not touch. 

Rule 9. — Frozen. — When the cue ball is in contact with another, 
the player may, at his option, (1) spot the balls, and play with his 
ball in hand, or (2) play directly upon the free object ball, or (3) 
play at a cushion, and return upon either ball first. Should he fail 
to strike either ball, it is a miss (as per Rule 2). 

Rule 10. — Wrong Ball. — Playing with the wrong ball is foul. 
However, should the player using the wrong ball play more than 
one shot with it, he shall be entitled to finish his inning, as if he 
had played with his own ; as soon as his hand is out the white balls 
must change places. 

Rule 11. — Crotch. — The crotch is debarred. The object balls 
shall be considered crotched whenever the centres of both lie within 
a half inch square at either corner of the table. When the object 



129 




riNEST 



...HRLE-TONE5... 

..LINE ETCHINGS.. 

...HIGH-CLASS DESIGNING... 
...ELECTROTYPING... 



SPECIMEN HALF-TONE. 



Oldest and Best-Equipped Establishment 
in Rhode Island 



Our new electrotype foundry will be in operation on or about September ist. We 
will surprise you in the promptness with which we will furnish superior electrotypes. 
Half-tone electrotypes a specialty. Whole plant strictly modern throughout. 



^PS.^EM/r/SrOA/ Manager 



206 W&YBossEriS* K pROv7DE?fe& i f Rl 



l:;u 



balls are so within said square, three counts only will be allowed 
except one or both of the object balls are forced out of it. Failing 
in this, the player's hand is out, and his opponent goes on to play 
with the balls in position as left by the last player. 

Note.— The crotch is made by drawing a straight line, connecting a point on 
each cushion four and a half inches from the corner. 

Rulk 12. — Mistakes — Any one may call attention to a mistake 
in scoring, but no one has a right to suggest a stroke. 

Rule 13. — Referee. — The referee has entire control of the o-ame 
and conduct of the players and spectators. Umpires are not allowed ; 
the referee assumes their duties; players may appeal to him, but 
his decision is final. 

BALK-LINE BILLIARDS. 

Four lines are drawn on the cloth at a given distance (generally 
8, 10, or 14 inches) from the cushions and parallel to them. These 
lines make, with the cushions, eight enclosed spaces, four squares 
and four rectangles. When the object balls are within any one of 
these eight spaces, two counts only will be allowed, except one or 
both of the object balls are forced out of it. Failing to do this, the 
player's hand is out, and his opponent goes on to play with the balls 
in position, as left by the last player. A ball on the line shall be 
considered within it, The rules for play are the same as given for 
the Three-Ball Game, Rule 11 excepted. 

CUSHION CAROMS. 

The game of Cushion Caroms is played by the rules given for 
the Three-Ball Game, with the following limitations: 1. To make 
a counting carom the striker's ball must go to a cushion before 
hitting the second object ball. 2. If the player's ball is frozen to a 
cushion it must be played against the cushion to make it a factor in 
the carom. 3. A doubtful cushion carom should be decided against 
the striker. 



RULES FOR C0NTINUO1S POOL. 

AS USED BY THE INTKU-CLUB LEAGUE. 

The Game. — The Game of Continuous Lull Pool is played with 
fifteen colored balls and one white hall. The latter is the cue ball, 
and the player plays with it from within the string at the head of 
the table, at the opening of the game, at any of the colored halls. 
and afterwards as he finds it on the table, his object to lie to pocket 
as many of the colored balls as he can. Before commencing the 
game, these fifteen balls are placed in the form of a triangle upon 
the table, a triangular frame being employed for this purpose to insure 
correctness. 

The string line occupies the same place on the table as it dues 
in the four-hall carom game. Each and every ball counts one point, 
and the game shall consist of any given number of points, to be 
mutually agreed upon. 

RULES FOR PLAY. 

Rule 1. — First Stroke. — The first stroke is determined by lot, 
— the winner having the option of playing first himself within the 
string at the head of the table, or obliging his opponent to play first 
from the same place. 

Rule 2. — The player who makes the opening stroke must play 
from within the string at the head of the table against the pyramid 
of object balls, and must drive at least one object ball or the cue hall 
to a cushion, or name the object ball he intends to pocket, and the 
pocket, and make the shot. Should he fail to do either, the balls 
are to be set up again, he forfeits one point from his score, and must 
continue to play until he drives at least one object ball or the cue 
ball to a cushion, or at least one object ball into a pocket, as above. 
Each failure causes him to forfeit one from his score. 

Rule 3. — Naming B<dh. — Before making a stroke, except the 
opening stroke, the player must distinctly call the ball he intends to 



131 



GEO. F. GREENE. WILLIAM S. GREENE. RANDOLPH A. GREENE. 




o 



UR SPECIALTY 



SEAMLESS, ONE-PIECE, 
PLATED 




STONE 
RINGS.. 



SEND FOR WHOLESALE CATALOGUE. 



Waterbary Brass Go. 



MANUFACTURERS OF 



Serman Silver and ^Platers 

97/etal, 

IN SHEET, WIRE AND TUBING. 



Brass Kettles and Basins, 

Rivets and Burrs, Eyelets. 

JACK CHAINS, MEASURING TAPES, ETC. 



125 EDDY STREET, 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



P. F. PARSONS, Agent. 



1.-.-J 



pocket, and the pocket; unless he does so, the ball pocketed does 
not count for him and must be placed on the deep red spot; or if 
that be occupied, as near on a line below it as possible. The player 
loses his hand, but does not forfeit any points, and the next player 
plays. Should he call more than one ball he must pocket all the 
balls he calls; otherwise none of them can be counted for him. 

Rule 4. — Fair Stroke — After the opening stroke each player 
must either pocket a ball, or make at least one object ball (or the 
cue ball, after contact with an object ball) strike a cushion, under 
a penalty of forfeiture of one point taken from the score. 

Note to Rule 4.— Should the striker pocket the cue ball during the game, 
and by the same stroke not drive one or more balls against a cushion, or into a 
pocket, he forfeits one point only for pocketing the cue ball. 

Rule 5.— Additional Balls Pocketed.— Should the player pocket 
by the same stroke more balls than he calls, he is entitled to all the 
balls he calls, and all the other balls pocketed by the strokes. 

Rule (3.— Foal Stroke.— All strokes must be made with the 
point of the cue, otherwise they are foul. Any ball or balls pocketed 
on such foul stroke must be placed on the deep red spot ; or if that 
be occupied, as near on a line below it as possible. The cue ball is 
to be replaced by the referee in its original position, or left as it is, 
where it comes to rest, at the option of the next player. The striker 
loses his hand, forfeits one point, and the next player plays. 

Rule l.—A Miss.— It is a miss if the player fails to hit any 
object ball. Should the player make two consecutive misses, except 
in the break, all the balls remaining shall be scored for his adversary. 

Rule 8. — Forfeit One Point. — A forfeit of one point is deducted 
from the player's score for making a miss ; pocketing his own ball, 
or forcing his own ball off the table ; failing to make the opening 
stroke, as provided in Rule 2 ; failing to either make an object ball 
strike a cushion or go into a pocket, or the cue ball strike a cushion, 
as provided in Rnle 4 ; for striking his own ball twice ; for playing 



when any of the balls are in motion; for not having at least one 
foot on the floor in the act of striking; for making a stroke other- 
wise than with the point of the cue. 

Rule 9. — Ball on the Stria,/.— A ball whose centre is on the 
string line must bs regarded ;i s within the line. 

Rule 10.— Off Table. — If the player pocket one or more of the 
object balls, and his own ball goes into a pocket or off the table from 
the stroke, he cannot score the balls, which must be placed on the 
spot known as the deep red spot, or if it be occupied, as nearly below 
it as possible, on a line with the spot, and the player forfeits one 
point from his score. 

Rule 11. — Ball Rebounding on the Table. — A ball going into 
a pocket, and rebounding on the table, must be regarded in the same 
light as if it had struck a cushion, and is not to be counted as a 
pocketed ball. It retains its place where it comes to rest upon the 
table. An object ball forced off the table, or forced off and rebound- 
ing from some object foreign to the table, must be replaced upon the 
deep red spot, or, if that be occupied, on a line below it, and as near 
it as possible. If it is the cue ball it is to be regarded as being off 
the table and in hand. The gas fixture or other apparatus for light- 
ing the table, when placed directly over the table, shall not be con- 
sidered an object foreign to the table ; should a ball, striking the 
fixture, rebound to the table, it must retain its position on the table 
where it comes to rest. 

Rule 12. — Ball Besting on the Cushion. — A ball resting on the 
cushion must be regarded as off the table. 

Rule 13.— Oae Ball in Hand.— When the cue ball is in hand 
the player may play from any place within the string at any object 
ball outside of it, but he is not allowed to play at any object ball 
which is within the string. Should none of the object balls be ouside 
the string, that ball which is nearest outside should be spotted on 
the deep red spot, and the player may play at it. 



133 



•J 



m 




m 



los, W, Kfeice & Bo, 



HISH-SLASS 




1111 lt=a 

112 Westminster Street, 

PROVIDENCE, 8, 1. 
TELEFIrlOIME WLL 1! fliS, 



^^^ 




E. M. SHAW, 



BANIGAN BUILDING 



PROVIDENCE, R. L 



Steel Castings. 

BOILER PLATE, TANK AND 
SHEET STEEL. 



STEEL FORGINGS. 



Beams, Channels, Angles, Tees, 

and Bars. 



CHARCOAL IRON BOILER TUBES. 



184 



Rule 14. — Touching Cue Ball — Should the striker touch the 
cue ball with the point of his cue it shall he counted a stroke. 
Should he touch it with any other part of a cue, except the point, or 
with his clothing, or anything else, it is to he replaced by the referee in 
its original position, or left as it is where it comes to rest, at the 
option of the next player. The striker loses his hand, forfeits one 
point, and the next player plays. 

Rule 15.— Touching Object Ball— Should the player touch an 
object hall with the point or any part of the cue, or with his clothing, 
or anything else, the hall so disturbed is to he replaced by the referee 
or game-keeper in its original position, or left where it rests, or the 
offending player may be compelled to play his stroke, at the option 
of the next player, but cannot score for the stroke. The striker 
loses his hand, and the next player plays. 

Rule 16.— Stroke Completed.— A stroke cannot be regarded as 
completed until all balls set in motion by the stroke have come to 
rest. 

Rule 17.— Stroke with Moving Balls.— A stroke made when 
any of the balls are in motion is foul. Should such a stroke be 
made the balls are either to be replaced or left as they come to rest, 
at the option of the next player, and the next player plays. The 
striker loses his hand and forfeits one point, 

Rule 18.— Striking Twice.— Should the player strike his own 
ball twice he forfeits one point, and the halls 'disturbed in con- 
sequence of the second stroke are to be replaced by the referee in 
the position they occupied before the first stroke, or left as they are 
when they come to rest, at the option of the next player. The striker 
loses his hand, and the next player plays. 

Rule 19.— Accidental Disturbance.— Should any ball on the 
table be accidentally disturbed by any other person or cause than the 
player, it is to be replaced as nearly as possible in its original position, 
and the player maj^ continue. 



Rule 20.— Push Shots; Frozen.— Push shots are allowed (thai 

is, it is not necessary to withdraw the point of tin- cue from the cue 
ball before the latter touches the object ball). When the cue ball 
is in contact with another ball the player may play directly ;it the 
ball with which it is in contact, or directly from it; the latter play 
shall not be recorded as a miss, provided a cushion is struck, as 
specified in Rule 4. 

Rlle 21.— Player in Hand.— When the player is in hand, 
should he play at any ball that is within the string line, or if, when 
m hand, he plays from any position not within the string line with- 
out being checked previous to the stroke being made, any score he 
may make from such stroke he is entitled to: but if he i' s checked 
before making the stroke and then makes it, it does not count for 
him, his hand is out and the next player plays: all balls disturbed 
by the stroke must lie replaced or left as they are, at the option of 
the next player. 

Note to Rule 21.-As it is difficult to decide when a ball is in or out the 
string, when looking at it from a distance away from the table or from the line 
of the string, it would not be just, under such circumstances, to impose a penall \ 
on the player; and further, if the opposing player, or his umpire, detect the 
striker so playing, it is better to check the striker by calling time than to warn 
or prompt him by calling the attention of the referee to the matter. 

Rule 22.— One Foot on Floor.— It is foul, and the striker for- 
feits one point if, while in the act of striking, he has not at least one 
foot on the floor. 

Rile 23.— Ball Touched After Stroke.— Should the striker, by 
a clear, fair stroke of the cue, pocket a ball, and after the stroke, 
move, touch or foul one or more of the object balls, he is entitled to 
the pocketed ball, and loses his hand because of the foul, but, as in 
Rule 15, the ball or balls so disturbed are to be replaced by the 
referee or game-keeper in the original position, or left where it or 
they rest, or the offending player may be compelled to play another 



135 



ORIGINAL MANUFACTURERS AND INTRODUCERS OF 
LACTIC ACID PRODUCTS. 



Cfilbert Z/jros. (Sc Co. 

importers and e /7/anufacturers of 

Anilines, 
Alizarines, 

and DycStUf f S. 
BOSTON, MASS. 

il/orks and <jCaboraiori'cs , Cab/o J^ddress, 

7/ 'eui ton t/ppcr J'aiis, 97/ass. " Si/bros," Boston. 



'OLISHED PLATE MIRRORS 




DOORS 
DOWS 



DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES. 



136 



stroke, at the option of the next player, but cannot score for the 
stroke, and the next player plays. 

Rule 24. -^Moving Without Cause — Should a hall that has come 
to a standstill move without apparent cause while the player is pre- 
paring to strike, it must he replaced. Should it move before he can 
stop his stroke, it and all the other balls set in motion by the stroke 
must be replaced, and the player shall repeat his stroke, inasmuch as 
but for the moving of the ball he might have counted where he 
missed, or missed where he counted. 

Rule 25. — Umpire — It is the duty of each player or his umpire 
to protect the player's interest at the time a scratch, forfeit or error 
is made. Interference with the score as recorded by the pool-keeper 
cannot be permitted, unless with the full consent of all the players 
in the game. 

Rule 26. — The decision of the referee is final. 

PYRAMID POOL. 
Referee. — The game of Pyramid Pool should be played by the 
rules governing Continuous Pool, but with the following differences: 
1. Each ball pocketed is put in the rack to the credit of the player 
pocketing it. At the end of the triangle the one getting the least 
number of balls to his credit loses. 2. When in Continuous Pool 
points are forfeited, in Pyramid Pool balls are spotted, but not more 
than one ball shall be forfeited at one time for one shot. 3. The 
cue ball and an object ball both being pocketed by the same shot, 
only one object ball shall be spotted. 4. A player forfeiting a ball. 
and having none in the rack, shall spot the first he gets. 

RULES FOR BOTTLE POOL. 

Authorities. — A special committee of the Boston Athletic Asso- 
ciation, consisting of members of the Algonquin, Boston Athletic 
Association, Country, Hull Yacht, Massachusetts Yacht, Puritan 
and Somerset Clubs, frame the following' rules for the game of 



Bottle Pool, and in so doing they recognize the fact that the game 
is mainly one of chance, and the rules are made on that basis. 

Rule 1. — The Game. — The game shall be played on a pool 
table, with two plain red balls, a white ball, called the cue ball, and 
leather bottle, such as is used for the game of pool. 

Rile 2. — The bottle is placed in the centre of the table, stand- 
ing on its mouth. 

The two red balls are placed on the regular spots on the table, 
as in billiards. 

Rule 3. — Opening. — The opening shot shall be played from 
within the string upon the red ball on the lower spot. 

Rule 4. — Scoring. — The game consists of thirty-one points. 
and is scored in the following manner: 

Ball Score. — Each red ball pocketed counts one. 
Bottle Scores. — Knocking the bottle down by a carom counts 
five ; knocking the bottle down with an object ball counts five. 

Overturning Bottle. — Turning the bottle completely over on 
its base is game at any stage of the play, unless on the same stroke 
the white ball goes in the pocket or is knocked off the table, or a 
foul is committed. 

Bottle on Floor. — Knocking the bottle on to the floor counts 
game for the opponent at any stage of the play, except when three 
or more are playing, in which case it rules the player out of the 
game. 

Rule 5. — Order of Piny. — The order of play shall be decided 
by lot. If the player fails to hit the object ball on the opening shot, 
the turn passes to the next, who shall play from where the ball comes 
to rest. 

Rule 6. — Pocketing White Boll.— There shall be no minus 
score. 

Pocketing the white hall in any event, a miss or a foul, counts 
five off the score. 



137 



GEO. A. LEETE & SON, 

AGENTS 

Representing Messrs. J. P. MORGAN & CO., New York. 

DRAFTS 

ON- 

ENGLAND, IRELAND AND THE CONTINENT 

available in all parts of the world. 



LETTERS OF CREDIT FOR TRAVELLERS, 

SOVEREIGNS, BANK NOTES, ETC., 



BOUGHT AND SOLD. 



GENERAL 
TRANS-ATLANTIC STEAMSHIP AGENCY 

Representing the following Lines, viz.: 

CUNARD, WHITE STAR, AMERICAN, DOMINION, 

NORTH GERMAN LLOYD, 

HAMBURG-AMERICAN, FRENCH, RED STAR, 

ANCHOR, ALLAN, STATE, 

THINGVALLA, and other Lines. 

Cabin Rerths secured, and Second Cabin and Steerage Tickets issued to 
all parts of the world. 

GEO. F. LEETE, Agent, 



i 14 Westminster Street, 



Providence, R. I, 



At 



:3l 



m 



n 
El, 





-x.^, 



LADIES' 



1 ailop - ai^d - Dressmaker, 

304 BOYLSTON STREET, BOSTON. 



Q PECIAL AT T ENTION GIVEN TO 

STREET, TRAVELLING, 






BICYCLING AND GOLFING 



*©0gfyme;g* 



Jgu-'UUMPo 



DRIVING COATS AND RIDING HABITS. 



Our Skirt for Riding Astride is most practical. 

PRICES MODERATE. 
SATISFACTION GUARANTEED. 



|.;s 



Should a player pocket the white hall twice in succession, with- 
out touching either of the object halls, he forfeits the game. 

Foul. — It is a foul whenever a player touches any ball or the 
bottle with the cue or any part of the person. 

Any score made on a foul, or when the white ball is pocketed, 
shall not count in the player's favor. 

If the bottle is knocked down by the cue hall before hitting an 
object ball, it loses five for the player. 

Rule 7.— Bottle, Where Spotted.— When the hottle is knocked 
down, it is to he spotted, if possible, where it comes to rest on the 
table ; otherwise it must be placed in the centre of the table. 

Against Cushion. — When the hottle, in any way, shape or man- 
ner, rests upon a cushion, or is in or over a pocket, it counts five 
for the player, and shall be placed in the centre of the table. 

Centre Spot Covered. — Whenever it is necessary to place the 
bottle on the centre spot, and the centre spot is covered, the balls 
are placed as at the beginning of the game, the cue hall being in 
hand. 

Touching Cushion. — A bottle standing squarely on its mouth or 
on its base, and touching the cushion, is not to he considered as 
resting on the cushion. 

Balls Within String. — When both object balls are within the 
string, and the cue hall is in hand, the play must be out of the 
string. 

Ball off Table. — When either red hall is pocketed or driven off 
the table, it shall he placed, if possihle, on the lower spot ; other- 
wise, on the upper. Should it so happen that both spots are covered, 
the balls and bottle are placed as at the beginning of the game, the 
cue ball being in hand. 

The white hall knocked off the table counts the same as if 
pocketed. A red hall knocked off the table is spotted, and if on the 
shot a count is made, the player continues. 



Rule 8. — Over 31. — It is the duty of every player to watch his 
own score, and if at any time he exceeds thirty-one points, he shall 
start anew. His turn passes to the next player. 

Validity of a Foul. — A foul to be valid must be claimed by an 
opponent, and in case of disagreement it shall he subject to appeal. 
A miss renders the stroke void. 

Push Shot. — Push shots are allowed. 

One Foot on the Floor. — It is a foul if the player has not at 
least one foot on the floor in the act of striking'. 

Two Penalties. — Two penalties cannot be exacted for the same 
stroke. 

Rule 9. — Additional Rules. — When not conflicting with the 
above, the general rules for Continuous Pool shall govern. 
Adopted January, 1892. 

IMPROVED RULES FOR FORTY-ONE (15-BALL) POOL. 

AS USED BY WILLIAM P. MAKSHALL. 

Rule 1. — Each Player Two Balls. — Give to each player two 
small halls, one of which is returned to determine the order of playing. 
The other is retained to count from, no one else knowing its number. 

Rule 2. — Counting. — Each player plays in turn, one shot to an 
inning, counting all the balls he may get on that shot, the number 
on them being added to the number of his small ball. Should a 
player play out of turn, he cannot score, but is subject to losses, and 
loses his turn to play unless he is called to play by table-keeper, 
when the halls will he replaced, and he takes his proper turn, subject 
to no loss. 

Rule 3. — u ^2." — When exactly 41 is made, the player organic- 
keeper declares pool, and the player the most distant from 41 is 
defeated. Should 41 fail to be declared before the next play is 
made, it must be withheld till it is his turn to play again. He must 
then spot a ball before playing, but is entitled to a new small ball. 



139 



LIFE AND PROPERTY 

ARE SAVED FROM 

LOSS BY FIRE!! 

IN BUILDINGS PROTECTED 

BY 






53 

CM 

=8J 



I 



Grinnell 
Automatic 

Fire 

Extinguishers 

General Fire Extinguisher Co. 



23 



5^ 



i?j 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



■PS I II 




were made by 




301 

Westminster Street, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



140 



Rule 4.— "Pool." — Pool is also declared when all the balls are 
pocketed from the table. The nearest to 41 is the winner, the most 
distant is the loser. Also when there is no ball on the table wanted 
and no one will spot. 

Rule 5. — "Scratch." — A miss, or pocketing the white ball, or 
jumping the white ball from the table, is a scratch, and the player 
so doing owes a ball to the table, besides what he may have scored 
on that shot. If he has more than one ball in his rack he can spot 
the one he prefers ; if he has none, spot the first one holed. If he 
pockets more than one on his next shot he can spot the one he 
chooses. 

Rule 6. — "Burst" — If a player gets more than 41 it is a burst, 
and all the balls he has scored must be spotted : the last holed the 
nearest in the rear of the spot, and so on. In such cases he can 

have a new small ball if he chooses. In case of a burst, by getting 
two or more balls on a shot, spot the larger (made on that shot) 

first, and so on. 

Rule 7. — Safety. — In playing for safety a player must cause 

the white ball to go to the cushion before or after hitting a ball ; 

failing to do so is a scratch. 

Rule 8. — Miscellaneous. — A player having no ball in his rack 

is worse off than one with a ball, regardless of the number of the 

small ball he may have, and a player owing a ball is still worse off. 

A player making a burst and not declaring it must be credited with 

no ball. 

Other Balls. — All rules governing the American game of 



billiards, and not conflicting with the above, apply to this game; 
push shots only excepted. 

-THE MAJOR" GAME OF BILLIARDS. 

BY WM. I'. MARSHALL. 

The game is played with three balls, as in regular game, and 
live pins, one different from the others,— "The Major." The halls 
arc spotted as in the regular game; the pins on each side of the 
spots equal distance from spot and cushion; the Major iii the centre 
of table. 

Counting. — The first shot must be played a carom on balls, and 
no pins count unless a carom is made. After first shot inns count 
by first hitting a hall and then knocking a pin, or pins, down with 
either hall, the Major excepted. In counting : Straight carom counts 
one, cushion caroms count two, and one for each pin knocked down, 
Major excepted ; the player to continue as long as he counts. 

Z".ws.— Knocking down the Major loses five, besides what he 
may have scored on the shot. Knocking down a pin before hitting 
a ball loses one for each pin knocked down. Misses lose one. The 
pins are to be spotted on their spots when vacant ; when covered, to 
be left off the table till vacated. When the spot of the Major is 
covered by a ball, the balls shall be respotted, and the player must 
play from the string, as first shot, with the exception he is not re- 
quired to make a carom. Jawing the balls is prohibited. 
All other rules of the cushion carom game prevail. 



141 




J. H. HAGAN CO. 



46-48 PINE ST. 



40-48 PECK ST. 



Importers, Jobbers, Bottlers. 



KING'S BOHEMIAN BEER, 

^^HARVARD ALE 



Telephone No. 174. 



Bottled for Family Trade. 



JAMES MURPHY, 

merchant tailor 



Room 1, 



42 Westminster St. 



Providence, R. I 



1 12 




P. A. A. CHAMPION INTER-CITY BILLIARD AND POOL TEAM, 1898-99. 



143 



Blanding & Blanding, 

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL 

DRUGGISTS. 



Always in stock, --a good supply of the most recent productions in 

DRUGS, MEDICINES AND CHEMICALS. 

Particular attention is given to our Prescription Department, which is 

Second to None. 

Pure Wines and Liquors for Medicinal Use 



A CHOICE SELECTION OF 

CIGARS, BOTH IMPORTED AND DOMESTIC. 



54 and 58 WEYBOSSET STREET. 



144 




145 



10 



ROBERT L. GREENE, 

PAPER AND *■ TWINE 

WAREHOUSE. 

. m, 1 1 m 




$&£. 



DEALER IN 



b. cU. lohn s fjqiiK) Paints 
-isOlsbestos materials 

ASBESTOS ROOFING, 
MILL BOARD, 

STEAM PIPE AND 

BOILER COVERING. 



Hanley Building, Washington, cor. Union St, 

Warehouse, cor. Aborn and Cove Sts., PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



i. j. 



ft 



(LTD.) 

IMPORTERS AND 



MANUFACTURERS OF 

Dye Stuffs 

New York, 
Boston, 
Philadelphia, 
Charlotte, N. C, 
Montreal, Canada, 

64 Exchange PI., Providence, R. I, 



146 




BOWLING ALLEYS. 



14' 




v'.^iXsXsXi/i' 



Our plan of merchandising is 

Easy, liberal, and of advantage to you 

If you make purchases here. 

In every line we carry an 

Extensive variety of the latest styles 

That cannot be surpassed, 

Even in the strictly cash stores. 

Furniture, Carpets, Ranges, Crockery, 
Kitchen Furnishings, Sewing Machines, 
«£dt Harness, Pianos, Clothing, Etc* *£«£ 

Most every article needed in the house 

Can be found here, 

And if it's here, it's to be had 

On easy terms of payment. 

A little down and the 

Balance in small weekly payments 

To suit your income. 



JOHN M. DEAN CO. 

793 WESTMINSTER ST. 




| 

I 

1 

i 




n r\ 



1 Is 



BOWLING. 



The Association is provided with one of the best-equipped 
howling alleys in the State, and much favorable comment has been 
expressed by bowlers from other clubs regarding the excellence of 
this department, particularly the light furnished by 
sj^^b numerous incandescent fixtures, suspended from the wall 

w^^ above an important item in the construction of an alley. 

■ .AX There are five regulation alleys, which are at all times kept 
M p in order, ready for use. This department has been success- 

ful in contests with other clubs, winning several trophies. 
In the Inter-Club Tournament on duck pins, of 1899, 
the championship was won by the P. A. A. No. 2 team, composed of 
Messrs Crooker, Payton, Lowe, Bashford and Cleveland. In the 
Inter-City Tournament, covering billiards, bowling, pool and whist, 
with clubs in Fall River, New Bedford and Taunton, and which was 
won by the P. A. A., a duck-pin team, composed of Messrs. Godfrey, 
Harrington, Crooker, Payton and C. E. Smith, contested, and with 
the other departments of the club, helped in winning the champion- 
ship. Group pictures of these teams are given. 
The summary is as follows : — 

WON. LOST. 

P. A. A. total points 31 15 

Dartmouth total points 26 19 

Quequechan total points 16 26 

Bristol total points 15 28 

Inspection of the detailed score shows that P. A. A. won the 
following percentages in the various games: — Billiards, 75 ; whist, 
70 : bowling, 67 ; pool, 58. 

During the season of 1897-'98, a trophy was won by the P. A. A. 



team, on large pins, in the Inter-Club Tournament, and individual 
prizes by D. C. Besley, captain of the team, for the highest average 
during the tournament, and by G. H. Thomas for the best spare 
work. Mr. Thomas also won the prize for the highest average in 
the season of 1896-'97, in the Inter-Club Tournament. 

Following are the record scores rolled on the P. A. A. alleys: 
Regulation pins — H. L. Perkins -7 1 

" " G. H. Thomas, 3-string total 660 

Duck « J. F. Crooker 134 

Candle " Samuel Ames 157 

Pony " G. C. Harrington 112 

HARVEY F. LAV ION. 



RHODE ISLAND INTER-CLUB BOWLING LEAGUE. 



CONSTITUTION. 

Article I. — Name. — This Association shall be known as the 
Rhode Island Inter-Club Bowling- League. 

Article II. — All powers shall be vested in a Board of Man- 
agers consisting of two delegates, who shall be members from each 
club represented in the League. These two delegates 
shall be elected by their respective clubs, and shall con- 
tinue to act so long as their clubs shall see tit. Only 
regular delegates, or duly appointed substitutes, shall 
appear before the Boai'd to represent their clubs. Each 
club shall be entitled to but one vote. 

Article III. — Officers. — The officers shall consist of a Presi- 
dent, two Vice-Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, a Surveyor of 



>\ 



119 



B. H. Gladding & Co. 



Silk and Dress Goods 
House. 



Established 1805, and has maintained 
its ancient record throughout the State 
and adjacent towns, not only for the 
superior quality and beautv of its mer- 
chandise, hut for its libera) and honest 
methods of dealing. Every department 
receives constant and careful attention. 

291 to 297 Westminster St. 
Cor. of Mathewson, 

Providence, R. I . 



ELSBREE & VALLEAU, 

HATTERS 
FURRIERS 

MEN'S OUTFITTERS 

AGENTS 
FOR THE CELEBRATED 

DUNLAP HAT 

101 WESTMINSTER STREET 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



150 



Alleys and a Committee on Rules, composed of one member from 

each club, who shall be elected at the annual meeting by the Board 
of Managers. 

Article IV. — Vacancies. — All vacancies, except vacancies in 
the Board of Managers, shall be filled by said Board. 

Article V. — Annual Meetings. — The annual meeting of the 

League shall be held on the third Monday in October of each year, 

at 8 p. M., at a place to be designated by the Secretary of the League. 

All other officers of the League may attend the meetings of the 

Board of Managers, and participate in all debates, but 

JM shall not have power to make motions or vote. The 

r(mF\ President, however, shall have the right to vote in case of 

^W'< a tie. 

f\ • Article VI. — Quorum. — A majority of clubs in the 

J m League represented in the Board of Managers shall con- 

stitute a quorum. 

Article VII. — Meetings of the Board may be called at any 
time by the President, and shall be called whenever three mem- 
bers of the Board so request the President in writing. The 
several members of the Board shall receive from the Secretary of 
the League notice in writing of any called meeting at least two (lavs 
prior to the date of such meeting. 

Notice in writing of any meeting of the Board, except as pro- 
vided in Article X., shall be mailed to eacli member thereof at 
least two days prior to the date of such meeting. 

Article VIII. — No proprietor of a public allej^, nor an employee 
of an alley, nor a professional phvyer, shall take part in any matches 
of this League. 

Article IX. — The President, 1st V. P., Treasurer and Secre- 
tary shall constitute the Finance Committee. The Treasurer alone 
shall handle funds and shall pay bills approved by the Finance 
Committee, but shall pay no bills without such approval. 



Article X. — This constitution may be a mem led by a two- 
thirds vote of the Board of Managers. Notice of such amendment 
to be sent at least one week in advance to each club composing the 



League. 




(R. I. INTER-CLUB bowling league.) 
TOURNAMENT RULES. 

Kile I. — The game adopted to be played by clubs belonging to 
this League shall be known as the "American Ten Frame Game." 

II. — The games to be played shall lie scheduled by 
the Board of Managers, and a- copy of the same sent to 
each club as soon as completed. No changes in the 
schedule shall be allowed except by a vote of a quorum of 
the Board of Managers. 

III. — Five men shall constitute a full team, and must 
be active members in good standing, in the club they rep- 
resent, thirty days prior to the playing of their first match. No 
member can play in more than one team in this League, or in a 
team of any other league or tournament, outside of their own club, 
during the playing season of the Rhode Island Inter-Club Bowling 
League, except by consent of a majority of the Board of Managers. 
IV. — The Secretary of every League Club shall file with the 
Secretary of the Rhode Island Inter-Club Bowling League certifi- 
cates as to date of admission to his club of each member of the team 
representing such club. In case a new member is placed upon the 
team, his certificate shall be filed with the Secretary of the League 

m not later than one week after the date of his first match. 

^^J V. — In the playing of match games, if any club of this 

■ I League presents, in their team, a player who is no1 an 

mt } amateur, or, except as provided lor under Rule I. said club 

mm | shall be disqualified for the remainder of the season. All 

#1 games played l>\ such club shall be thrown out, and the 



151 



R 



1 D E 






^ AND BE FAST! ^' 



0) 
u 

•H 

H 

•H 

■a 

•H 

« 

X 

® 

•H 

63 

W 

a 

05 
0) 
-P 

CO 



H 

s 








>»*- 



MANUFACTURED BY THE 



o 




Rational Ipdia Rubber Go 

BRISTOL*, R. I. 



industrial 
Trust Company. 



49 WESTMINSTER ST. 



PROVIDENCE, R. 



Capital, ... 3 i ,000,000 
Surplus, . . . 8300,000 

Transacts a general banking and trust business. 

Interest paid on accounts subject to check. 

Moneys also received on Participation Account. 

Authorized by law to accept trusts and to act as executor, 
administrator, guardian, etc. 

Trustees, executors, administrators, guardians and assignees 
depositing money or property of their estates with this Company 
are exempt by law from all personal liability. 

Safes to rent in Fire and Burglar Proof" Vaults of R. I. 
Safe Deposit Co. 



George L. Littlefield, 
Albert L. Calder, 
Sterns Hutchins, 
Hezekiah Conant, 
George T. Bliss, 
Samuel P. Colt, 



DIRECTORS: 

John P. Campbell, 
Henry R. Barker, 
Olney T. Inman, 
Henry B. Winship, 
George P. Wetmore, 
William R. Dupee, 



R. A. Robertson, 
Warren 0. Arnold, 
J. M. Addeman, 
Wm. T. C. Wardwell, 
John A. Arnold. 



SAMUEL P. COLT, President. 

J. M. ADD KM AN, Vice-President. 

CYRUS P. BROWN, Treasurer. 

WALDO M. PLACL, Secretary. 



152 




schedule shall read as if such club did not belong to the League. 
This disqualification shall not affect the status of any club so barred, 
except for that playing season in which the penalty was incurred. 

VI. — In playing match games, two alleys only shall 
be used ; the players of the contesting teams to roll suc- 
cessively, and but one frame at a time, and to change 
alleys every frame. Any player rolling out of turn, or on 
the wrong alley, shall lose all balls so rolled, and the pins 
made on each ball or balls shall not count, but he respotted. 

VII. — A regulation alley shall not be less than seventy-five 
feet from end to end. That part between the foul line and front 
limit of the alley, termed the "take-off" or bowler's box, shall be 
fifteen feet and not less than twelve. Such " take-off " or bowler's 
box shall be a continuation of and on a level with the playing sur- 
face, or that portion between the foul line and the rear end of the 
allej-, and a bowler shall deliver the ball within the lines of the 
" bowler's box." 

A regulation alley shall be not less than forty-one inches nor 
more than forty-two inches in width. The cushions shall be twelve 
inches from the centre of the rear corner pin-spots, and the said 
cushions, from a point opposite the head-pin, and continuing for a 
distance one foot beyond the termination of the alley proper, shall 
be of unyielding material, faced with sole leather. 

Gutters shall be not less than nine inches in width, and shall 
extend to, but not across the foul line. 

VIII. — A frame shall consist of ten pins grouped upon a tri- 
angle. Said triangle shall be an equilateral one of three feet, with 
the apex facing the bowler. The base of this triangle shall be not 
more than three inches from the lower end of the alley proper, and 
shall extend at right angles to a line drawn centrally and longitudi- 
nally of said alley. The apex of said triangle shall coincide with 



said central line, while the pin-spots shall measure twelve inches 
from centre to centre and shall be (dear and well defined. 

IX. — A regulation pin must he used in match games. Each 
pin shall be fifteen inches in height and two and one-quarter inches 
in diameter at the bottom. It must he fifteen inches in circumfer- 
ence at the body or thickest part, (four and one-half inches from the 
bottom), five inches in circumference at the neck (ten inches from 
bottom), seven and three-quarters inches in circumference at the 
thickest part of the head (thirteen and one-half inches from the hot- 
torn), and of uniform weight. 

X. — No balls shall be used exceeding twenty-seven inches in 
circumference, and shall be turned from a solid block of wood. 

XI. — In the playing of match games there shall be a line, 
termed the " foul line," drawn upon the alleys and gutters, the 
centre point of which shall be sixty feet from the centre of the head 
or front pin-spot, measuring to the outside of the line, which shall 
be continued upward at right angles at each end, if possible. Both 
such foul lines shall be visihle to the umpire from his position. 

XII. — Match games shall be called at half-past seven o'clock. 
Should either club fail to produce its men thirty minutes thereafter, 
the captain of the team present may claim the game, unless such 
delinquent club shall render a good and valid excuse 
satisfactory to the umpire acting at such game. In such 
cases the Board of Managers will appoint another day for 
playing such game. 

In case a club shall not be able to produce a full 
team, it may play, but the opposing club may play its full 
team if present. Whenever a team is obliged to commence 
with less than five men, the missing players may come into the game 
at any time in their turn. 

XIII. — The game shall consist of three strings of ten frames 




153 




THE PRARAY IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION 



PATENTED APRIL 17, 1874. 



ADVANTAGES 



r* 



C A, M, Praray & Co. 

ARCHITECTS AND MILL ENGINEERS, 

832-3 BANIGAN BUILDING. PROVIDENCE. R. I. 

Cotton and Silk Mills Designed. 



-Increases Light 33 per cent. 

Floors are supported independent of walls. 

Less massive brick work required. 

33 per cent, less brick in walls required. 

10 per cent, less height of wall required. 

1 per cent, less space to heat. 
Meets all requirements of Standard and Mutual Insurance Companies. 
Is a slow burning construction. 



il 




X^*.. V^^mmW-a' ^^A^^W^M^'*? 




ANGELL & SWIFT. 

ARCHITECTS 



FRANK W. ANGELL. 



FRANK H. SWIFT, 



//(-/. Club Hit , . 



No. 87 Weybosset Street, 

Providence, R. 



154 



■each, two kills to a frame, counting only pins actually knocked 
down. All strikes and spares made in the tenth frame shall be 
completed before leaving the alley, and on the same alley as made. 
►Should there be a tie at the end of the tenth frame of the third 
string, play shall continue on the same alley until a majority of 
points upon an equal number of frames shall be attained, which shall 
conclude the game. 

XIV. — A player in delivering the ball must not step on or over 
the line, nor allow any part of his body to touch on or beyond the 
line, nor any portion of his foot, while at rest, to project over the 
line, until after the ball has left the alley. Any ball so delivered 
shall be deemed foul, and the pins made on such balls, if any, shall 
be respotted. Should any ball delivered leave the alley before reach- 
ing the pins, or any ball rebound from the bank cushions, the pins, 
if any, made on such ball shall not count, but must be respotted. 
All such balls to count as balls rolled. Pins knocked down by pins, 
or pins rebounding from side or back cushions, shall count as pins 
down. 

XV. — The deadwood must be removed from the alley after 
each ball rolled. Should any pins fall in removing the deadwood, 
such pins must be respotted. 

XVI. — In all match games there shall be a scorer 

^ appointed by the captains of the contesting teams, whose 

/^SID duty it shall be to keep a correct record of the game, and at 

* w I the (•(inclusion thereof, sign his name to the score. It shall 

M% '"' the dut\ of the captain of the home team to mail within 

£ twenty-four hours a duplicate copy of the score to the 

Secretary of the League, or to such person as may be 

designated to receive the official scores. 

XVII. — A spare, as defined, consists in knocking down ten 
pins with the first two balls which may be rolled in any frame. A 
missed spare shall be scored whenever all the pins left by the first 




ball are not knocked down after the second ball has been rolled ; 
provided that in the group so rolled at, every pin shall be spaced 
twelve inches from every other pin, as defined by a regulation tri- 
angle. But in the case where a pin or pins are out, 
excepting pins 1 and 5, 2 and 8, and 3 and 9, or when in 
such group the regular spacing as provided for does not pre- 
vail, or when two pins left standing are on the alley at righl 
angles thereto, and not more than twelve inches apart, no 
missed spare shall be scored. In the event of a foul, a 
missed spare shall be scored, whenever the second ball rolled 
fails to knock down the full frame. 

XVIII. — The umpire shall declare " unasked," all foul balls. 
Every ball rolled shall be considered fair, unless otherwise declared 
by the umpire as duly provided for. 

An umpire shall be agreed upon by the captains of the com- 
peting teams, and the umpire may select such assistance as he may 
need to properly conduct the game. 

XIX. — The captain of the visiting team shall have the privilege 
of appointing some person to oversee the setting up of the pins. 

Each captain of competing teams shall be sole judge of what 
shall constitute unwarranted applause. If such, in the opinion of 
either captain, takes place, a request to the umpire shall be deemed 
sufficient for such official to stop such applause. Refusal of such 
request shall place the match as a protested one. 

XX. — The umpire shall take great care that the regulations 
respecting the balls, alleys, and all rules of the games shall he 
strictly observed. He shall be the judge of fair and unfair play, 
and shall determine all disputes and differences which may occur 
during the game. He shall take special care to declare all foul 
balls immediately upon their occurrence, unasked, in a distinct and 
audible voice. 

XXI. — No appeal to the umpire as to the question of afoul 



155 




THE HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE CO. 

FINE FURNITURE. CARPETS AND DRAPERIES. 

231-237 WEYBOSSET STREET. 



156 




P. A. A. No. 2 TEAM, CHAMPION INTER-CLUB BOWLING LEAGUE, 1899. 

157 



Crompton & Knowles Loom Works, 

WORCESTER. MASS., and PROVIDENCE, R. I. 




c *-• 






BUILDERS OF 

LOOMS FOR EVERY VARIETY OF FABRIC. 



* Style 



And artistic effect which 
the highest priced tailors 
aim to accomplish, is a 
prominent feature in all 
our garments, at prices 
that are very moderate. 

Gardner $ Co., caiiors, 

Ccderer Building, 
telephone i4i 139 IHatbewsoit Street. 



L58 




P. A. A. CHAMPION INTER-CITY BOWLING TEAM, '98-'99. 



15!> 



ball shall be made bj an\ member of a team other than the captain 
under any circumstances. 

XXII. — In the event of the captain of a team making a pro- 
test Erom an\ cause whatsoever, except in case of fouls, such cause 
shall be stated verbally, or in writing to the umpire, prior to the 
termination of the match, and the umpire shall inform 
_ the Secretary of the League within three days thereafter. 

HP XXIII. — It shall be the duty of the Surveyor of 

A^^^ Mleys tu make and send a detailed report to the Secretary 
W of the League upon every alley on which match games 

m ^ are rolled in each and every club in the League. Said 

report shall contain the extreme length of the alley, its 
width and length of "take-off." Also the width of gutters, and the 
distance of the nearest part of the cushions from the centre of the 
corner pin-spots, and any other measurement or remarks he may see 
tit to make upon the immediate surroundings. 

XXIV. — It shall he the duty of the Surveyor to make a detailed 
report ol the alleys in each and every club seeking membership to 
this League. Such report to he sent to the Secretary and discussed 
in open meeting before the Board of Managers. 

XXV. — It shall he the duty of the Surveyor to inspect the 
alleys on which match games are played, also the pins to he used in 
said games annually, just prior to the commencement of the howling 
season. 

XXVI. -It shall lie the duty of the Surveyor to report to the 
Bowling Committee or other proper parties of said club any defects 
as to lighting, surface, surroundings, or other deviations from the 
specified requirements, whenever he may find such to exist. The 

Board of Managers shall he sole judge of what constitutes defects, 
and there shall he no appeal from their decision. No match shall he 
played upon any condemned alley until the approval of the Board 
of Managers is. obtained as to its proper condition. 




XXVII. — It shall he the duty of the Surve} T or, at the written 
request of the captain of any League team, to inspect the alleys of a 
(luh prior to a match thereupon, and to report to said captain their 
condition, and whether they pass inspection. If not, it shall he the 
duty of the Surveyor to so report, and for said Surveyor to proceed 
as directed under Rule XXVI. 

All expenses incurred by the Surveyor in the dis- 
charge of his official duty shall be defrayed by the League, 
except in case of inspection made under this rule, when 
the expense shall be borne by the club owning the alleys, 
if they are proved by the Surveyor to he defective, and 
if the Surveyor reports that the alleys are not defective, 
then the expenses shall be charged to the club requesting such 
inspection. 

XXVIII. — Each club shall furnish a box of chalk for the use 
of players, and no wax, polish, or other material of any kind shall 
he used on the " take-off " after the same lias been planed and 
scraped and inspected by the Surveyor of Alleys, hut may he used 
on the alleys. Such box to be placed at the head of the alley and 
outside of the " bowler's box." 

XXIX. — The President is authorized to purchase the pins and 
have them properly marked or stamped. These pins shall he used 
only in the match games of this League, and it shall he the duty of 
the Chairman of the Bowling Committee of the several clubs to see 
that this rule is enforced. 

XXX. — Value and number of all prizes to be designated 
by the Board of Managers at a meeting preceding each howl- 



Should there be any tics, they shall lie played off, accord- 
ing to these rules, on such dates as may he fixed by the 
Board of Managers. 

XXXI. — Such sum shall he paid to the Treasurer of 




100 



the League, on or before opening of bowling season each year, as 
shall be designated by the Board of Managers at the meeting pre- 
ceding each bowling season. 

XXXII. — Runway and newel post shall not be nearer than 
twelve inches from the outside of alley bed, and runway shall stop 
at the foul line unless exempted by vote of Board of Managers. 

XXXIII. — In case, during the progress of a game, a bowler is 
disabled by accident or illness, another duly qualified member of the 
same club may he substituted, the fact of such disability heing first 
established to the satifaction of the umpire and the captains of both 
competing teams. The Secretary of the League must be notified of 
such substitution by the captain of the team making it within three 
days after the game. 

XXXIV. — No club shall roll any member on their team who is 
ineligible to roll on the alleys of any club of the League. 

DUCK PINS. 

In Duck Pins, the set-up and scoring is same as large pins, 
and the foul line is observed. An umpire is required. There is 
also a line drawn across the alley ten feet from the foul line, and 
any ball thrown over such line before touching the alley is a foul, 
with the same penalties attached. Three balls are rolled in this 
game. 

CANDLE PINS. 

This game is the same as Duck Pins, except that deadwood is 
left on, if so agreed between contestants beforehand. 



GAMES OTHER THAN TEN PINS. 

Cocked Hat. — This game is played with pins 7, 10 and 1 stand- 
ing. The rules of the St. Louis (Mo.) Cocked Hat League govern 
this game. The system of scoring is the same in this game as in 
Ten Pins, except that a strike counts three. There are no spares, 



® 



® 
s 



® 



® 



® 



® 



® 



r.) 



® 



and each pin knocked down equals 1. To compute the scores, 
follow the same rules as laid in Chapter VIL, only remember the 
difference in the value of the pins and strikes. 

Head Pin Game. — The pins are set up like this : 
There are nine pins spotted. The game is divided 
into 4 frames, in each of which a bowler is allowed 
4 balls, two balls being rolled on each alley. The 
ohject is to knock down the head pin first ; when that 
is done, all pins falling in consequence are credited, 
but do not if the head pin is not struck, in which 
ease the ball is lost to the bowler. All pins are respotted alter each 
ball has heen rolled, and each pin counts 1 ; the maximum score is 144. 

The Glen Island. — Three pins are used, — 1, 2 and 8. (See 
cut of Head Pin game.) Should the head pin be the last of the pins 
knocked down, the king or center pin counts 2 and the rear pin 3 ; 
when the head ]>in is howled down, the center and last pins, when 
knocked down, have a value of 1. The head pin only has a value of 
1. The dead wood is allowed to remain on the alleys, and there are 
not any restrictions. The possible score in the ten frames is 00. 

Nine Pins, Head Pin Out. — As its name implies, all pins 
remain up except pin No. 1. The number of frames and balls are 
the same as in Ten Pins. There are no penalties, neither is the dead 
wood removed. One pin only in each frame must be left standing 
or there is no count. The maximum score is 10. 

Nine LTp and Nine Down. — All pins up. The player tries to 
knock down but one pin with the first ball, and counts 1 if he does it ; 
with the remaining two balls he endeavors to knock down all the re- 
maining pins except one, which also counts 1. Twenty is the maxi- 
mum ; no penalties ; dead wood allowed. Ten frames, three balls. 

Nine, No More and No Less. — All pins up. Object, to knock 
down nine pins with three balls, either one, two, three, or all three ; 
if more or less than nine are knocked down, the frames count for 
nothing. The player having the largest number of nines in ten frames 
wins. No penalties ; dead wood not allowed ; maximum, 10. 

Four Back.— Pins 7, 8, 9, 10 standing. Three balls. Ten 
frames ; strikes and spares count as in Ten Pins. No penalties ; 
dead wood allowed. Each pin counts 1 ; maximum, 120. 



161 



ll 




162 





MR. JOHN E. DOLDT, 
Physical Director of P. A. A., i895'98. 



DR. CUTLER, 
Physical Director of P. A. A., i898-'99. 



1(33 



ISTANMDARD. 



^^>v^',#l 



kYMNASTIC 



Urgent Line °Nt; 

L0CKER5; 
BOWLlNQ^LLEVS 

CAJMJ0Q3 

HillierWill be Scnl on^pplicelioiu 

Plans and Specifications 
I forQ)mpleleOul0t5^ 



IARRAQANSETT 
MACHINE C9 



i?o M u?ffl s . Providence^. 




Symnastic 

Jlpparatiis 



LOCKERS AND 
BOWLING ALLEYS 

FURNISHED BY THE 






Largest Line < 

LOCKER5 
BOWLlNQJVLLEVS 

WEJW 

CApM-OQS 

DihcrWill be Sent ony\ppticdioiu 

Plans and Specifications 
J for Qomplele Outfits^ 



lARRAqANSETT 
MACHINE. CQ' 



lffitt,pROVIDENCEjU 



H>4 




GYMNASIUM OF PROVIDENCE ATHLETIQ ASSOCIATION. 

165 



P. A. A. ATHLETICS. 



• 






The P. A. A. Gymnasium is thoroughly equipped 

with apparatus, running track, pin-hockey pen. and 
every facility lor class work. It is used more in pro- 
portion than at any other club in the country, and fur- 
nishes the highest grade of class work, 
now being so generally adopted. 

It was started under Mr. J. C. 
Doldt, now deceased. He was suc- 
ceeded by his son. Mr. John E. Doldt, 
as Physical Director from 1895 to 
L898, resigning to go to the R. I. 
State Normal School. Dr. George C. 
Cutler has been the Director for the 
season of 1898-'99. Messrs. Stacy 
Betzler and August Barth have suc- 
cessively served as Assistant Instructors. 
The Gymnasium occupies half of the fourth and fifth floors to- 
gether, and a spiral staircase descends to the locker room, and 
thence down to the Swimming Pool. Its stage is fitted for 
extension, and has an outfit of scenery, adapting this part of 
the Club House to a theatre, with a floor for dancing. The 
Club's large entertainments are given here, with the principal 
athletic exhibitions and lectures, besides any contests 
for the All-Round Supremacy Cup, presented to the 
Association ly Mr. Walter A. Peck. 

The P. A. A. members are found in all sports, 
including, besides those especially described and 



THE GYMNASIUM. 






illustrated, golf, tennis, base ball, water 
polo, rowing, canoeing, yachting, shoot- 
ing, driving, and horse showing. 

THE GYMNASIUM FOR J898-'99. 

[By the Committee.] 

The policy of the Committee on Ath- 
letics has been to cater to the wants of a 
large majority of the club members, in- 
stead of to the few would-be athletic 
performers, by having taught a sys- 
tem of recreative exercises designed 
to produce for each member good 
health and ability to enjoy life's 

pleasures. The old system of monotonous set drills designed 
to develop this or that set of muscles, to the temporary detri- 
ment of others and permanent health, has been discarded in 
favor of pleasing exercises prepared and charted expressly for 
the Gymnasium by Mr. John E. Doldt, of the R.I. State Normal 
School. As a direct result of adopting this system last 
year, we had a larger regular attendance in the Gym- 
nasium than any athletic club in the country, — i. e., a 
larger percentage of members used the Gymnasium 
regularly. This system of exercise has been 
approved by the highest educational authorities in 
this State, and by many physicians who have pre- 
v scribed it for their patients. It obviates the use 



^ 



lilii 



of apparatus, makes effective class instruction possible, 
and, timed to good piano music, affords each member an 
hour of recreation, in which, without realizing it, he gets 
vigorously exercised. The result is invigorating, yet 
resting. It is massage by exercise. Perspiration flows 
freely and the blood is forced scouring through every 
part of the body. It is scientific exercise ; yet the mem- 
ber thinks it is play and enjoys it as a pastime, the same 
as he would enjoy a good game of golf. This system is 
characterized by a feature which golf players 

iwill appreciate, i. e., a large amount of de- 
velopment work without realizing it ; i. e., a 
thick coating of sugar on that disagreeable 
pill, "work." 
The season of 1898 -'99 opened on 
October 3d, with nearly as large an attend- 
ance as at the opening of last season. The 
total attendance of all classes was nearly 
4,500, showing conclusively that many members use the 
Gymnasium. The ladies' classes have not been as 
large as previously, due to circumstances over which 
the committee had no control; yet the average daily 
attendance at the eleven o'clock and five o'clock classes 

Abas been 20, and what may have been lost in number 
lias been made up in enthusiasm. The 
ladies' evening classes cease this year. The 
business men's five o'clock class has been 
the most popular men's class throughout the 
season, the same as during years past. 
Pin-Hockey, a game originated in our 
Gymnasium, has steadily increased in popu- 
-*" — "*^* 







round-development-game yet devised. As many as thirty- 
five business men have remained after the class hour to 
play this game. The enthusiasm has been steadily in- 
creasing. In fact, it became necessary to revise the rules 
of the game in order to keep pace with new combination 
plays originated by different teams. These rules, pub- 
lished herewith, assure each member an equal oppor- 
tunity, whether he be a rugged athlete or a frail, new- 
recruit to the Gymnasium. 

Pin-Hockey is being adopted by sev- 
eral athletic clubs, Y.M.C.A.'s and colleges, 
and bids fair to become a national game, 
supplanting basket-ball. It is much less 
dangerous and more interesting, as each 
player is required to take an active part 
in both offensive and defensive playing, at 
least two or three times a minute through- 
out the game. Four Pin-Hockey teams 
have been organized by the members of the business 
men's five o'clock class, and a very interesting series 
of matched games has been the result. Some of the 
best players were on each team, so that the contests 
were even and exciting. All matched games are 
played on Saturday evenings at 8 o'clock. There has 
been an enthusiastic attendance of both 
women and men at each game, and the 
series has been a success. The teams were 
made up as follows : 

No. 1— J. E. Doldt (Captain), J. W. 
Hawkins, M. D., P. D. Cook, J. F. Lennon, 
M. D. No. 2— E. F. Carroll, M. 1). (Cap- 
tain), Eugene Manning, Allie Pierce, P. H. 



16^ 



Keefe, M. D. No. 3— II. II. Bedell (Captain), C.N. Warner, Carl 
Eschle, W. R. McGuirk, M. D. No. 4— J. A. Rodgers (Captain), 
II. I). WiK-ox. Au-. Barth, F. W. Marshall. 

Mr. Stanton Abbott, Instnictor of Boxing, is a thoroughly com- 
petent teacher of the art of self-defense. 
Mr. Frank Herrick is Instructor of 
Wrestling. As a professional wrestler he 
lias demonstrated winning ability. 

Dr. Cutler lias instructed in fencing. 

HERBERT I',. FLLIS, 

Of Committee on Athletics. 




LBy the Physical Director.] 
The gymnasium season of 1898- ,( J9 at 
the P. A. A. began on Monday, October 3. 
As the work of the previous season had 
seemed so satisfactory to the majority con- 
cerned, il was decided to follow more or less closely the same lines 
this year, which has heeii done. 

I'he plan has been to otter a progressive and intelligently 
ordered series of free movements, together with light calisthenics, 
giving, on the one hand, all the variety desirable, while striving to 
avoid offering the shadow for the substance. It is certainly true 
that excessive variety of movements, with their consequently im- 
pelled performance, must fail of producing equally good results 
with simpler evolutions, persistently and perfectly performed. 
Some use has heen made of the various pieces of apparatus in the 
< i\ mnasium. 

To paraphrase the expression of a famous man, while we do 
not flatter ourselves that we have pleased all the members all the 



time by our methods, we feel that perhaps we have given all the 
classes what they wish some of the time, and some of the members 
all the time what they were able to consider valuable work. 

As the tendency of physical exercise is to cause individuals of 
different builds and weights to approxi- 
mate one type, in most instances the fat 
man becomes thinner and the light man 
heavy. Our friends can, most of them, 
trace one of these changes in themselves. 
Most of those in attendance have dis- 
played commendable energy and courage 
in their efforts in the Gymnasium. Pin- 
Hockey still continues in great favor, 
and is increasing in the number of its 
devotees. It is played by members of 
all the classes. There has been carried 
on during the winter an interesting pin- 
hockey tournament among the members of 
the Association, with occasional games introducing outsiders. 

About the middle of the season we placed in the Gymnasium a 
canvas screen, into which golf balls might be played, and have organ- 
ized a driving business with some of the golfers. 

The number of people availing themselves of the privileges of 
the Gymnasium has been fair, and we know that those who have 
participated in its daily routine are conscious that they are better 
for it, and we hope that in the future an increasing percentage of 
club members may come to a realizing sense of the benefit to be de- 
rived from the course offered in this department of their house. 

G. W. CUTLER, M. 1)., 

Physical Director. 




168 



II 



PIN -HOCKEY." 



Wicket Polo, or "Pin-Hockey," was first brought out by Mr. 
J. E. Doldt, at Orange, N. J., and the first game was played at the 
Orange Athletic Club, on September 4, 1804. It has been much 
improved since being introduced at the Providence Athletic 
Association. 

The chief value of Wicket Polo is in the even distribution of 
function — each man has precisely the same duties of defense and 
offense—his defense extends to his partners pins when they are 
threatened, and his offense extends completely around the circle. 
His value as player is determined at the end of the game by the dif- 
ference between his successful offense and his defense. Should he 
lose more than he makes, he is minus ; should he gain more than he 
loses, he is plus and lias played a valuable game. Very often a 
strong offensive player is valueless to a team because of his weak 
defense. Each player being endowed with the same functions, the 
mental and physical differences of the players are easily appreciable. 

In these days of progress and investigation it has been hinted 
that the nervous, not the muscular, system is to be the field for the 
coming physical culturist ; be that as it may, the director who can 
combine physical work with mental diversion, accomplishes better 
results for the business man than he who recognizes the man by his 
physical needs only. The recreative element will be an essential 
one in the exercises of the future, and the physical culturist will 
have exercises of " diversion " in cases of overtaxed nervous systems. 
The mental hygiene so desirable will consist in a great part of recre- 
ative games requiring the further practice of both the body and 
mind. Localism of work will disappear, for the same results may 
be obtained by exercises in the form of games. Such games should, 
as has been suo-aested, have consistent lines of defense and offense, 



and should be so constructed that they may be played by a large or 

small number. Most of the standard games of to-day have these 

principles strikingly apparent, while in a few of the games these 

elements exist, but must be searched for. 

J. E. DOLDT. 



PIN - HOCKEY.— OFFICIAL RULES. 

[As Revised April, 1899.] 

Rule 1 . — In a regular game each team shall consist of four 
players. 

2. — The ball shall be the regular rubber-covered polo ball, which 
shall be furnished by the home team, and become the property of 
the winning team. 

3. — The sticks shall not exceed four feet in length. The crook 
of the stick may be covered with leather, rubber or string. A cord 
or strap shall be attached to the handle and to the wrist to prevent 
the stick slipping from the hand. 

4. — There shall be eight wickets (or pins), four red and four 
light blue. They shall be set in a circle, alternating red and light blue, 
equi-distant apart, no wicket to be nearer to side of enclosure than 
six feet. Each set of wickets shall be two round wood blocks, two 
inches in diameter and ten inches long, fastened together by chain or 
strap, to be two inches from top and four inches from bottom. Pins 
shall be two and one-half inches apart. 

5. — Toss of coin decides choice of taking either ball or wickets. 
The side having wickets must be first to arrange men. 

6. — Ball is in Play. — With all players in position, the ball on 
the spot, it is in play when hit by player having the right of play. 

7. — Ball is Dead. — (a) When a wicket is displaced by any 



160 




SULLIVAN 6c SULLIVAN, 

Stock Brokers, 



104 BANICAN BUILDING, 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



170 




P. A. A. PIN-HOCKEY PLAYERS, i898-'99. 



171 



means ; (6) when foul lias been made ; ( <■) when ball is out of bounds. 

8. — Fouls. — It shall lie deemed a fold : (a) When any player 
touches hall with his hands ; (6) throwing stick at ball ; (c) when 
opponent, standing within his own ring, is forced to displace his own 
pins, or is forced out of his circle; ('/) pushing with hands or hold- 
ing by hands, arms or stick, (this docs not apply to holding- oppon- 
ent's stick) ;• (e) when player's pins arc displaced by opponent's 
stick in any manner or from any cause ; (/) when a player touches 
bis pins in any way, either to replace them or prevent them from 
being displaced. 

9. — Faults.— It shall he deemed a fault: (a) When hall is 
deliberately kicked for pins; (/>) when player having right of play 
hits the hall twice in succession. 

10. — Penalty for Finds. — When foul is made, the hall goes to 
opposing captain, who may select one of his players to put hall in 
play, and player making foul shall stand within foul circle and shall 
there remain until the hall has been put in play by player selected 
for that purpose. The player cannot score on first drive, and cannot 
touch ball until touched by second player. 

11. — Penalty for Faults. — When fault is made, hall goes to 
opposing captain, who may select one of his players to put hall in play, 
and such player is entitled to score by any fair means. 

12. — A score is made when wickets are displaced by hatted ball 
driven by opponent, and scores for team making play, except it he 
that a player displaces his own team's wickets by any means ; score, 
in such case, goes to opponents. Score cannot he made on first drive 
putting ball in play. When a wicket is displaced, it shall only he 
replaced by referee or liis order. 

13. -When hall is out of hounds, the player placing or driving 
hall shall he considered at fault and the penalty for such a play shall 
he thai of fault. In doubtful cases the referee shall decide. 

II. Two innings of twenty-five minutes each, actual playing 
time, shall constitute a game, and team winning the most wickets in that 
time shall he the winner of the game. In computing time during 



progress of game, all calls of time shall he deducted from actual 
playing time. The final goal shall he the one which ends at the ex- 
piration of the second twenty-five minutes of actual playing time, 
unless the teams are tied, in which case the deciding goal shall he 
played. 

15. — There shall he a referee, two timers and two scorers, and 
time must he kept by a stop watch. 

16. — The referee shall have charge of teams and surface from 
the time game is called or postponed. He shall start and call the 
game, and shall settle all disputed points and shall announce each 
goal and by whom won. The referee is master of the surface from the 
time game is called to its close, and is entitled to the respect of the 
spectators. Any person offering any insult or indignity to him shall 
be ejected from the premises. The referee must keep the teams 
playing constantly from the commencement of the game to its end, 
allowing for such delays as arc rendered unavoidable by accident. 
The referee must call time promptly at the hour designated by the 
home team, ami on the blast of the whistle the contest shall begin. 
When the whistle is blown for time no goal can be counted, that is, 
made, until the signal shall he given to renew play. 

17. — No player shall be allowed to leave the surface without 
permission of the referee. 

18. — The scorers shall prepare a summary of each game, which 
shall contain the names of the players, the number and order of 
goals won by each team and the time occupied in playing for each 
goal. Scorers shall keep score by such a device as can be seen by 
captains of both teams. 

19. — Time shall he called when a fault or foul occurs. 

20. — If time is called while the game is in progress, the play 
shall not cease until the referee's whistle is blown. 

21. — If from any cause, during the game, play should be sus- 
pended, each player shall remain at his pins and shall refrain from 
touching or knocking the hall. 

22. — Any player deliberately kicking or striking another, en- 
gaging in a brawl or altercation, using profane or indecent language, 
or committing any act that is manifestly intended to delay or obstruct 
the game, or is contrary to the spirit of fair play, shall be subject to 
expulsion from the floor by the referee. 



172 




P. A. A. PIN- HOCKEY TEAMS. 



173 











"CANADIAN CLUB" WHISKEY 

WARRANTED ABSOLUTELY PURE 




AGE GUARANTEED BY THE GOVERNMENT 
DISTILLED AND BOTTLED BY 

HIRAM WALKER & SONS, Limited. 

WALKERVILLE. CANADA 

LONDON NEW YORK CHICAGO ATLANTA 









174 




P. A. A. CHAMPION PIN-HOCKEY TEAM, 1898-99. 



175 



L. B. DARLING FERTILIZER CO. 



Manufacturers of and Wholesale Dealers in 



Hi^h Grade Fertilizers, Agricultural Chemicals, 



TALLOW, GLUE, AND POULTRY SUPPLIES, 



HIDES AND CALF SKINS 



Main Office and Works, . . . PAWTUCKET, R. I. 



J. U. Starkweather Co. 



.. DEALERS IN .. 



DRUGS, CHEMICALS, DYE STUFFS, 

PAINTS, OILS, VARNISHES. 



3 Exchange Street . . . PROVIDENCE, R. I. 

176 




STANTON ABBOTT, INSTRUCTOR IN BOXING, P. A. A. 



-1 r» r- 



12 



BOXING; 

OR, THE ART OF SELF-DEFENSE. 



Boxing, as an art, is of great antiquity. Homer mentions 
Polydeuces as being "good with bis fists." Polydeuces' name is 
inseparably connected, in the traditions both of Greece and Rome, 
with the art and practice of boxing. Apollo, besides bis skill with 
the bow, was a good god with his fists. Sicily was for a time the 
headquarters of the noble art of self-defense, and Eryn, one of her 
kings, Lorded it over the island, but at last met his match at the 
hands of Hercules. The father of actual professional boxing was 
Figg, whose portrait was painted by Hogarth. His date is 1719, 
and he appears to have reigned eleven years, ami from that time we 
have always had a man recognized as the champion pugilist. 

Boxing exercises every muscle in the human body, both internal 
and external. It also exercises the brain, eyes, lungs and nerves. 
It teaches a man to be self-reliant, quick to discern, think and act, 
and also to keep control over his temper under adverse circumstances. 

Members of the I'. A. A. have the benefit of a room set apart 
especially for boxing, so that the lessons and practice are strictly 
private, if so desired, and can be taken at any hour by appointment. 

STANTON ABBOTT, 
TSx-Light- Weight Champion of JSngland, 

Boxing Instructor to P. A. A. 



BOXING. 



OFFICIAL RULES OF THE AMATEUR ATHLETIC UNION. 

1. In all open competitions the ring shall be not less than 16 
feet nor more than 24 led square, and shall be formed of 8 stakes 



or ropes, the latter extending in double lines, the uppermost line 4 
feet from the floor and the lower line 2 feet from the floor. 

2. Competitors to box in regulation athletic costume, in shoes 
without spikes, or in socks, and to use boxing gloves of not more 
than 8 ounces in weight. 

3. Weights to be: Bantam, 105 lbs. anil under: Feather, 115 
lhs. and under; Light, 135 lbs. and under; Welter, 145 lbs. and 
under; Middle, 158 lbs. and under; Heavy, 158 lbs. ami over. 

4. Any athlete who weighs in and then fails to compete, with- 
out an excuse satisfactory to the Games Committee, shall be suspended 
for six months. 

5. In all open competitions the result shall be decided by two 
Judges, with a Referee. A Timekeeper shall be appointed. 

6. In all competitions the number of rounds to be contested 
shall be three. The duration of rounds in the trial bout shall be 
limited to three minutes each. In the "finals" the first two rounds 
will be three minutes each and the final round four minutes. The 
interval between each round shall be one minute. 

7. In all competitions any competitor failing to come up when 
time is called shall lose the bout. 

8. Immediately before the competition each competitor shall 
draw his number and compete as follows : To have a preliminary 
round of as many contests as the total number of contestants exceeds 
2, 4, 8, 16 or 32. ami drop the losers. This leaves 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 
contestants, and the rounds then proceed regularly with no byes or 
uneven contests. 

1*. Each competitor shall be entitled to the assistance of one 



178 



second only, and no advice or coaching shall he given to any com- 
petitor hy his second, or by any other person during the progress of 
any round. 

10. The manner of judging shall he as follows : The two judges 
and referee shall be stationed apart. At the end of each bout each 
judge shall write the name of the competitor who in his opinion has 
won, and shall hand the same to the announcer (or master of cere- 
monies). In case the judges agree, the master of ceremonies shall 
announce the name of the winner; but in cases where the judges 
disagree, the master of ceremonies shall so inform the referee, who 
shall thereupon himself decide. 

11. The referee shall have power to give his casting vote when 
the judges disagree, to caution or disqualify a competitor for infringing 
rules, or to stop a round in the event of either man being knocked 
down, providing that the stopping of either of the first two rounds 
shall not disqualify any competitor from competing in the final round, 
to decide the competition in the event of either man showing so 
marked a superiority over the other that a continuation of the con- 
test would serve only to show the loser's ability to take punishment. 
And the referee can order a further round, limited to two minutes, 
in the event of the judges disagreeing. 

12. The decision of the judges or referee, as the case may be, 
shall be final. 

13. In all competitions the decision shall be given in favor of 
the competitor who displays the best style and obtains the greatest 



number of points. The points shall he: For attack, direct clean 
hits with the knuckles of either hand, on any part of the front or 
sides of the head, or body above the belt; defense, guarding, slip- 
ping, ducking, counter-hitting or getting away. Where points are 
otherwise equal, consideration to be given the man who docs most of 
the leading off. 

14. The referee may disqualify a competitor who is boxing un- 
fairly, by kicking, or hitting with the open glove, by hitting with the 
inside or butt of the hand, the wrist or elbow, hitting- or catching 
hold below the waist, or hitting when down (one knee and one hand 
or both knees on the floor), butting with the head or shoulder, 
wrestling or roughing at the ropes, using offensive and scurrilous 
language, or not obeying the orders of the referee. 

15. All competitors who have been beaten by the winner shall 
be entitled to compete for second place, and all who have been beaten 
by the winners of either first or second place shall be entitled to 
compete for third place. 

16. Any athlete who competes in a boxing contest of more than 
four rounds shall be suspended for such stated period as may be 
determined by the Board of Managers of the Association of the 
Amateur Athletic Union in whose territory the offense was com- 
mitted. 

17. In the event of any question arising not provided for in 
these rules, the referee to have full power to decide such question 
or interpretation of rule. 



179 



WRESTLING. 



OFFICIAL RULES OF THE AMATEUR ATHLETIC UNION. 



CATCH-AS-CATCH-CAN. 



1. Iii all competitions the ring shall be roped and of not less 
than 12 feet or more than 24 feet square. 

2. Weights to be : Bantam, 105 lbs. and under ; Feather, 115 
lbs. and under; Light, 135 lbs. and under; Welter, 145 lbs. and 
under, and Middle, 158 lbs. and under. 

3. Any bold, grip, lock or trip allowed, except the hammer 
lock, strangling and full Nelson holds. 

4. Nothing heavier than light slippers or rubbers without heels 
allowed on feet. 

5. Both shoulders shall he on the floor at the same time to con- 
stitute a fall. 

6. A rest of not less than live nor more than ten minutes shall 
be allowed between each fall. 

7. No striking, kicking, gouging, hair pulling, butting, strangling 
or anything that endangers life or limb, will he allowed. 

8. Each contestant shall be allowed one second, who shall not 
talk to or advise either of the contestants. Any contestant breaking 
Rule 7, or refusing to break any hold when so ordered by the 
Referee, shall lose the bout and be debarred from further com- 
petition. 

9. Immediately before the competition each competitor shall 
draw his number and compete as follows: To have a preliminary round 
of as main contests as the total number of contestants exceeds 2, 4, 



8, 16 or 32, and drop the losers. This leaves 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 con- 
testants, and the rounds then proceed regularly, with no byes or 
uneven contests. 

10. All competitors who have been beaten by the winner shall 
be entitled to compete for second place, and all who have been 
beaten by the winners of either first or second place shall be entitled 
to compete for third place. 

11. Duration of bouts shall he six minutes. 

12. The Referee shall have full control of the competition, and 
his decisions shall be final and without appeal. 

13. A Timekeeper shall be appointed. 

14. If no fall has been obtained by either contestant after the 
expiration of the specified time, the Referee may award the bout to 
the contestant having shown the best qualities, or who evidently has 
acted mostly upon the offensive ; or the Referee may, after allowing 
three minutes rest, order a supplementary bout of such duration as 
he may direct, not exceeding, however, six minutes. 

15. Contestants shall be weighed within one hour of the 
beginning of the contests, and any contestant being overweight shall 
be rejected. 

16. Any athlete who weighs in and then fails to compete, 
without an excuse satisfactory to the Gaines Committee, shall be 
suspended for six months. 



180 




FRANK HERRICK, INSTRUCTOR IN WRESTLING, P. A. A. 



181 



FENCING. 



/ 



Fencing is the term applied at the present time to the engage- 
ment of two or more persons in a contest with foils, the point only 
being applied in attack, in contradistinction to the use of edge, as 

well as points, as in lighting 

/r** with the broadsword or sabre. 

M ^jw r "jl In olden times the con- 

^^^u -£jf of the hour made 

V W/^0^ ^ jH0\ WK ^ necessary for every man 

<j[ i^T nine more or less 

familiar with the use of the 
sword or rapier, and added a 
fierce picturesqueness to the 
life of the people. Then was 
. -!M*f*~ , v evolved the type of the gar- 

gon, D'Artagnan. 
Now conditions of living have so changed that it is not often 
necessary or expedient for a man to engage in personal combat, as 
the powers that he undertake to protect him in the exercise of his 
personal affairs. Then, again, the six-shooter has made all of one 
size, and against such weapon the steel blade has ceased to be of 
value. 

However, the tine quality of body and mind, induced by the 
exercise of fencing, has caused its retention, in modified form, in the 
curriculum of the physical culturist. Its practice is not general, 
and may he reckoned in the nature of a fad. 

In \alnc. however, in training bod}', mind and eye, is beyond 
question. It requires great quickness and accuracy, with firmness 
and delicacy of motion or action, and brute force is at a discount. 



If pushed to extreme and continued effort it may lead to the 
deformity of a lowered right shoulder, which marks most profes- 
sional fencers, — that is, if only the right hand is used. It is a graceful 
and effective performance if well executed, and a pleasure alike to 
the participant and the spectator. 

Its practice is not of benefit to all, as the concentration and 
activity of mind involved would add work and produce undue 
fatigue in the case of nervous individuals, or those in whom the mind 
is incessantly in action during business hours. 

G. W. CUTLER, M. I). 

Physical Director. 

FENCING.— OFFICIAL RULES 

Of the Amateur Fencers League of America. — Adopted at a General Meeting, 

May 12th, J 897. 



FOILS. 

1. Foil competitions shall be conducted by three, five or seven 
judges (one of whom shall act as director) for each bout, who shall 
be experienced amateur fencers, selected from different clubs, if pos- 
sible, and whose decision shall be final and without appeal. There 
shall also be a timer, who shall time the bouts in accordance with 
rule three. 

2. Each contestant shall fence a bout with every other con- 
testant. 

3. Each bout shall consist of four minutes actual fencing, and 
contestants shall change positions after two minutes. Contestants 
shall come on guard, in the middle of the space, at the command of 
a judge. 



182 




4. Each judge, without consulting his fellow judges, shall 
award 100 points or any part thereof to each contestant at the end 
of the bout. The score shall he the average of the sum of the points 

obtained. The award of each judge 
shall be announced at the end of each 
bout. 

5. Touches shall count only when 
made upon the body, within the limits 
bounded by the collar of the fencing 
jacket, the median line, the hip, and a 
line drawn from the hip to the posterior 
limit of the armpit, around the front of 
the arm and along the crest of the 
shoulder to the collar. A touch on any 
part of the boundary lines shall count. 

G. The competitor attacked should parry; if a stop thrust be 
made it shall only count in favor of the giver, provided he be not 
touched at all. 

7. A touch, whether fair or foul, invalidates the riposte. 

8. A touch is of no value when the point is twisted on to the 
body after the slap of the foil. 

9. The judges must stop a corps-a-corps as soon as made. 

10. A disarmament is of no value. A touch immediately fol- 
lowing a disarmament counts. 

11. A point scored from a thrust started with the elbow behind 
the body (jab thrust) shall not count. 

12. Each contestant shall fence with the same hand throughout 
the bout. 

13. Competitors shall wear white fencing jackets. 

14. Contestants shall fence within a marked sjwce 20 feet long 
and 36 inches wide, with a mark plainly indicating the middle. 



When a contestant oversteps these limits a judge shall stop the 
bout; and the director shall start the contestants again in the 
middle of the marked space. If a majority of the judges agree that 
the contestant has overstepped a boundary line, five points shall be 
deducted from his final score for each offence. 

15. Foil blades shall not exceed 34 inches in length. 

DUELLING S\VOl;i>S. 

1. Duelling sword competitions shall be conducted by three or 
five judges for each bout, who shall be experienced amateur fencers, 
selected from different clubs, if possible, and whose decision shall be 
final and without appeal. 

2. Each contestant shall fence a bout with every other con- 
testant for an aggregate of three touches. Each touch shall count 
one point. 

3. A judge, upon seeing a touch, shall stop the bout, and there- 
upon a vote shall lie taken. A touch shall be awarded only upon 
the agreement of a majority of the 

judges. Neither judges nor con- 
testants shall discuss the touches 
made or claimed, nor shall any 
comment be made upon them. 

4. Sword tips shall be chalked 
merely to aid the judges in arriv- 
ing at a decision ; a chalk mark 
is not conclusive evidence of a 
touch. 

5. The contestant scoring the 

highest aggregate of points shall be declared the winner, the next 
highest second, and so on. 

6. A touch on any part of the adversary counts. 




> 



183 



7. A disarmament is of no value. A touch immediately follow- 
ing a disarmament counts. 

8. If both contestants arc touched by simultaneous lunges, the 

judges shall deduct one-quarter t>t' a point for each offence from each 
contestant. 

9. The diameter of the hell-guard shall not exceed five inches, 
and the Made shall not he more than 34 inches 

long. 

10. Each competitor shall wear a dark 



fencing suit and dark gloves. 



SABRE. 



^ 



4- 










1. Sabre competitions shall he governed by 
the same rules as the foil competitions, except 
that a bout shall he for an average of seven 
points, that a cut or thrust on any part of the 
body above the hips shall count, and the limi- 
tation of space shall not lie imposed, nor shall there be any restric- 
tion as to color of costume. 

-. Sabre blades shall not be more than 33 inches long. 

:'>. The jury shall have the power to prohibit the use of any 
unusual guard, which may give a competitor an advantage over his 
adversary. 

RULES GOVERNING COMPETITIONS. 

1. A championship meeting shall be held annually, and at such 
time and place as may be designated by the Executive Committee 

of the A. V. L. A. 



2. Division meetings shall be held at such time and place as 
may be designated by the Division Committee. Each division shall 
hold a meeting at least two weeks prior to the National Champion- 
ship, which shall be considered a preliminary to the Championship 
meeting. 

3. No fencer shall be eligible to enter the National Champion- 
ship (except as provided in Rule 4 following), 
unless he shall have attained a score in foils, 
swords and sabres, of at least (30 per cent, of the 
possible number of points to be obtained at such 
meeting 

4. A medal man of preceding years shall 
be privileged to fence for championship honors 
without qualifying in the preliminaries, provided 
he has not been defeated at any intervening 
championship. 

5. The judges and scorers shall be ap- 
pointed by the Executive Committee, and a record kept of all 
fencers at Championship meetings. 

6. At the Division contests (preliminaries), the judges and 
scorers shall be appointed by the Division Committee, and a list of 
all fencers qualifying in the preliminaries, properly endorsed by the 
Division Committee, shall be transmitted to the Secretary of the 
League within seven days after such meeting. 

7. No National Competition shall be held with less than live 
judges. 

Office of the Secretary, S3 Broadway, 
New York City. 






> 



184 




P. A. A. FENCING GROUPS. 



185 



TURKISH BATHS AND SWIMMING POOL. 



Besides the commodious locker-room baths on the third floor, 
with their complete arrangements, including various shower and 
needle 1 »at lis. the Association possesses ample Turkish bath facili- 
ties located on the lirst floor and basement at the rear part of the 
building. The barbershop (and hoot polishing) is used much more 
than commonly in a club, owing to the excellent service. A por- 
tion is curtained off lor ladies* use, and a woman attendant is present 
on Tuesdays and Frida\ S. 

Entrance to the Turkish baths is had through the barbershop, 
excepl that ladies on ladies' days — Tuesdays and Fridays — have a 
separate entrance of their own. There are excellent dressing rooms 
with Scotch carpeting and handy toilet conveniences. The club 
service also extends to this department, except in the pool. 

The dome, or large, dry hot-air room, is 20 feet in diameter and 
'■'<" feet high; the temperature is maintained at about 135 degrees, 
and in the two small warmer chambers thai open out of it, at about 
165 and 1st) degrees respectively. There are two entrances to the 

d <■• and from it are reached the Russian, or steam room (about 

llo degrees Fahrenheit), and the rubbing room with a shower and 
needle hath, and marble slahs on which the bather is carefully man- 
ipulated by the expert attendants. A Roman, or oil bath, is also 
given here as an extra service, as well as a salt rub, the latter being 
particularly beneficial. 

The drying room is 1.", by 35 feet, finished in a soft olive green 
'hit; it contains comfortable couches, fitted in summer with fly 



canopies. An electric fan operates here in warm weather, as well 
as in the dressing rooms, and when snugly stretched out it is very 
difficult for one not to drop off into a refreshing nap. The final 
rub-down in alcohol is given in this room, where none are allowed 
except persons taking an alcohol rub or the Turkish bathers. Any- 
thing from the restaurant can be had here (except that waiter service 
is not provided). 

The clear Swimming Pool is an inviting retreat, particularly on 
torrid days. It measures 20 by 40 feet, with a depth of four feet 
at one end, sloping to eight at the other. The sides are built of 
enamel brick and the floor of tessellated marble. It is fitted with a 
spraying pipe to continually carry off the surface water, a spring- 
board for diving, ladders to mount from the pool, overhead travelling 
rings, and a trolley for swimming lessons. Life preservers and a 
boat hook are always kept at hand. Everyone is obliged to use the 
shower before entering the pool, although the artesian water is 
always changed so as to be clean, and its temperature is kept at 
about 78 degrees. A gallery admits spectators upon particular 
occasions, although no visitors generally are allowed after eleven 
o'clock in the morning. Children have special hours, and instruc- 
tion can be given all in swimming. 

Water Polo is played considerably, and one of the most unique 

and interesting occasions in the club house was an aquatic exhibition 

in this department. 

HARRY C. CURTIS, 

Chairman Committee on Baths. 



186 



ABOUT TURKISH BATHS. 



The Turkish hath of the present time is not precisely the hath 
of the luxurious Orientals, for it has heen modified and changed in 
various ways to meet the needs of our modern life of husy activity. 
It is, however, essentially a thermal hath, and gives a more perfect 
cleansing of the body, together with a more enduring stimulation, 
than is obtained by any other method of bathing. 

It is well known that free perspiration is beneficial, as it re- 
moves waste materials from the skin, and by calling the blood to the 
skin, increases its nutrition. Now, in the Turkish bath there is a 
thorough cleansing process, and the body is relieved of clogging 
particles which have the same influence on its tissues that dust has 
on a well oiled machine. These particles are the result of the wear 
and tear of our e very-day lives — dried and worn out parts of the 
skin, atmospheric dust, minute fibres from the clothing, etc., and 
the ordinary cleansing baths are not sufficient to remove them. Nor 
would the Turkish bath do this were it not for the massage which 
is so thoroughly administered by the skilled attendants. Under the 
vigorous manipulation of the masseurs the skin and underlying 
muscles are rubbed and kneaded and made to give up their sluggish 
blood, thus taking away their worn out materials and bringing fresh 
nutriment to them. 

Everyone who has ever taken a Turkish bath must have ex- 
perienced the pleasant stimulation that comes to the entire system. 
Both the high temperature and the massage quicken the action of 
the heart, spurring it to an unwonted but healthful activity. In 
this way the circulation of the blood is accelerated and the nutrition 
of the entire body is helped. Then, too, there is a great advantage 
gained in that the blood becomes more evenly distributed through 
the body, thus relieving the congestion of internal organs and sup- 
plying them with properly a-rated blood. 



Upon the blood itself there is wrought a most beneficial change, 
for it is relieved of its burden of refuse, becomes more thoroughly 
aerated in the lungs, and is thus made purer. 

The state of extreme perspiration is reached by gradual increase 
in temperature, so there is no shock to the system, and one be- 
comes slowly accustomed to changes which would be both unpleasant 
and disastrous if suddenly induced. 

In the cooling off stage of the bath we have a gradual subsi- 
dence of the extreme stimulation, and the tonic invigorating reaction 
which is the chief object of the Turkish bath. There is now a slow 
return to the former state, but the bather feels a vigor and freshness 
which he did not have before. Not only is the body cleansed of 
many impurities and the circulation of the blood regulated and im- 
proved, but the nervous system has received a most helpful tonic 
influence from the process. Friction and heat are very vigorous 
stimulants to the nerves, and in this bath the cutaneous nerves 
(which are well said to be the regulators of the body), have had an 
abundance of what might be called a natural stimulation, and the 
reaction is long lasting. 

It would be too long a story to enumerate the maladies for 
which physicians prescribe Turkish baths. But conspicuous among 
them are obesity, gout, rheumatism, indigestion and its many conse- 
quences, insomnia, headache and kidney disorders. For those in 
health, the daily cold bath with occasional cleansing and Turkish 
baths, confers an immunity from colds and a muscular and nervous 
tone which can hardly be overvalued. Many celebrated physicians 
cure their patients without drugs by the careful regulation of the 
diet and use of baths, with gymnastics, and the Turkish bath lias 
their highest endorsement. 

W. LOUIS CHAPMAN, M. U. 



187 



EXCELSIOR 



Nickel Plating Works, 

397, 399, 403 RICHMOND STREET, 

PROVIDENCE, R. I. 

tf7& S^* U^ ^- 

Steel and Iron Polishing 



AND 



BRASS FINISHING. 



Special attention given to 



^V 





U. LXO 



SPECIAL PRICES FOR LARGE LOTS. 



C. F. HARRIS, Treasurer. 



TELEPHONE r J75 . 




■ ■ 




■ ■ 



Grocery & Provision Go. 

IBM in nut SIS, MKt 1. 1. 



THE RESIDENTS IN THIS VICINITY WILL FIND THIS THE MOST 
CONVENIENT STORE IN THE CITY. 

STORE IS FINELY APPOINTED. 

STC^C^I/C ,S ALWAYS FRESH AND OF THE 
' *<-S'<-'r\ VERY BEST. 

PR/CES AS REASONABLE A & ANY- 

l—sEL L.I VE1 r\ Y is always prompt. 

OUR CASH DISCOUNT SYSTEM 

IS A PRONOUNCED SUCCESS. 

INVESTIGATE IT! YOU CANNOT MAKE MONEY ANY EASIER. 

FINE GROCERIES. HEAVY MEATS. 

FRESH FRUITS AND VEGETABLES. 

ALSO, A SELECTED STOCK OF ALES, WINES AND LIQUORS FOR 
FAMILY AND MEDICINAL USE. 



iss 




TURKISH BATHS. 
Locker Room, Hot Room, Swimming Pool, Drying Re 

189 



?©> -Vo> f o> fo> ->Oc- s*> soi- ■$•?• fof ->o> >o£ <©> -^o> ->o£> =>o> <©5 



Hem England Steam 

BRieK e© 

Largest Manufacturers of Brick 
in New England. 



annual, capacity, all kinds ©f brisk, 

50,000,000 



LONG DISTANCE TELEPHONE. 

8, 9 & 10 Equitable Building, Custom House Street, 
PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



WORKS AT BARRINGTON AND NAYATT, R. I. 



<^ko^o>ko^i^ko^o^^<<^^p^f^ki^<o>^^f^<9i 






t§ 0: -@ ■©# # ; : O: # 



Curran dc uzurton, 

J/eiv £>ir//and jigents for 

ftocahontas bituminous 

, . Coci/. 

70 J^t'/hy Streett 

Boston. 



POCKETS : 
tyystic Wharf, ft. <£ 9//. ft. ft., 

and 9/eiv £ny/and ft. ft. Wharf, 
South ftoston. 



B # -@ # # m & # # # # # § B 



190 



WATER POLO. 



OFFICIAL AMERICAN RULES. 



Rule 1. — The ball shall he the regulation white rubber Asso- 
ciation Foot Ball, No. 3, not less than 8 nor more than 9 inches 
in diameter. 

Rule 2. — The goals shall be spaces 4 feet long and 12 inches 
wide, marked "goal" in large letters; one shall he placed at either 
end of the tank, 18 inches above the water line, equally distant 
from either side. 

Rule 3. — To score a goal, the ball must be touched by the ball 
in the hand of an opposing player, and the greatest number of goals 
shall count game. 

Rule 4. — The contesting teams shall consist of six a side, with 
one reserve man who can take the place of one of his side in case of 
disablement only and receive prize if on winning side. 

Rule 5. — The time of play shall be eight minutes' actual play 
each way and five minutes' rest at half time. 

Rule (:!. — The captains shall be playing members of teams they 
represent, and shall toss for choice of ends of tank. The ends shall 
be changed at half time. 

Rule 7. — The referee shall throw the ball in the centre of the 
tank, and the start for the ball shall be made only at the sound of 
the whistle. 

Rule 8. — The ball going out of the tank, it shall be thrown in 
the centre, opposite where it crosses the bounds. 

Rule 9. — No player is allowed to interfere with an opponent, 
unless such an opponent is in actual contact with the ball, or within 
4 feet of it. 

Rule 10. — A mark shall be made 4 feet from each goal on the 



side of the tank and aline drawn across. No player shall come 
within his opponent's goal line until the ball is put in play within it. 

The goal keepers of the side are alone exempt from this rule. 

It shall be an offside play to cross the line ahead of the hall, 
and it shall be within the power of the referee to decide in such 
case, whether the goal be fairly made or not. 

Rule 11. — Upon a goal being gained, the opposite teams shall 
go to their own end of the tank, and tin- hall shall he thrown by the 
referee into the centre on play being resumed, hut time so occupied 
shall not be counted as in time of play. 

Rule 12. — Teams shall have an umpire at each goal line, who, 
upon goal being made, shall notify the referee, who shall blow a 
whistle and announce the same. In case the umpires disagree, the 
referee shall decide whether a goal be fairly made or not. 

Rule 13. — The referee shall decide all fouls, and if, in his 
opinion, a player commits a foul, he shall caution the team for the 
first offense, and for the second the player making it shall be ordered 
out of the water, remaining out until a goal has been scored. 

Rule 14. — The time occupied by disputes shall not be reckoned 
as in the time of play. 

Note. — The ball shall always be kept on or as near the surface 
of the water as possible. 

It shall be a foul to hold a player by any part of his costume. 

Unnecessarily rough play shall, within the discrimination of the 
referee, be considered a foul. 

It shall be a foul to push off from ends or sides of tank, or to 
touch them except for the purpose of resting. 



191 



CYCLING. 



When the Gymnasium season begins to wane as the fine spring 
weather comes along, and the members are seeking for outdoor 
sports and exercise, the Committee on Cycling arranges many very 

pleasant inns. In the past two seasons 
these runs have covered nearly all the 
popular roads and places of interest in 
this State, and several very pleasant 
trips have been taken to Boston, by rail 
to Forest Hills, and then through 
the Park system and Fens, covering 
ahoiit twenty-five miles over the best 
roads in America. These rides usually 
brought on a ravenous appetite when 
one of the well-known hotels of Boston 
was reached, and a good dinner and 
cigar were all the more enjoyed. 

Probably the run made from Kings- 
ton to Matunuck Beach and back to 
Kingston by way of the beautiful towns 
of Wakefield and Peacedale, was best 
rememhered by the ten men who participated, from the 
very hospitable manner in which they were treated at 
a farmhouse occupied by a family named Champlin. 
It was late in September, and all attempts made at 
Matunuck Beach to gel something to eat having failed, 
they pushed on towards Wakefield, lacking that good 
humor and spirit displayed on the run down, as now 
they saw no prospect of anything to eat for eight miles 





more. < )n reaching this farmhouse, one member refused to ride 
another foot until he had at least an apple. This made a good im- 
pression, it seems, for Mrs. Champlin, after hearing the predicament, 
soon spread the lawn, picnic fashion, 
with two half-gallon pitchers of milk, 
two three-decker cocoanut cakes, mo- 
lasses cookies, apples, and a few other 
minor things. The party must have 
eaten like rough riders, hut imagine 
their surprise when informed that the 
hostess was only too glad to entertain 
them, and positively refused to take 
anything, due only way to compen- 
sate was to press some money in the 
little boy's hand who came to open the 
gates. The cyclists all came to the con- 
clusion that the South County had some 
good old New England hospitality yet. 
The May -Day run in 1898, of 
which a picture is given, drew a goodl} r 

party to East Greenwich, and was thoroughly enjoyed. 
All know the beneficial effects of cycling without 
rehearsal. But if every member wishes most pleasantly 
to enjoy them, then simply enroll himself (or herself) in 
the Triangle Cycle Club of the P. A. A., and go where 
the silent steed, beneath favoring skies, takes him. 
FRANK A. BUCKHOUT, 

Chairman Committee on Cycling. 




192 




CYCLE ROOM, WEYBOSSET STREET. 



193 



CYCLING RULES. 




Racing. — Cycle racing is at present under the official control 
of the League of American Wheelmen, although track promoters, 
under the name of the National Cycling Association, carry it on 
as well. The Amateur Athletic Union of 
the United States is in alliance with the L. 
A. W., and the latter conducts cycle racing, 
and grants sanction through its Racing 
Board, under its established rules and officials. 
Applications for sanctions should be made to 
the L. A. W. Racing Board, which also re- 
quires the registration of all riders. 
Touring. — A Touring Bureau has been established by the 

National Touring (' nittee of the L. A. W., with headquarters at 

")30 Atlantic avenue, Boston. Its purpose is to collect, compile 
and disseminate touring information for the benefit of League 
members. Information concerning routes, condition of roads, hotels 
and stopping-places, and all other data of value to cycle tourists, is 
solicited by the committee. 

Such information as can be furnished is for League members 
only. It is valuable in outlining unfamiliar trips. Until the 
bureau accumulates the necessary data, replies to inquiries will, in 



some instances, be necessarily delayed, but the committee 
to make its service as prompt and efficient as possible. 

Information of general interest will be published by 
mittee in the Touring Department of the L. A. W. Bulle 
time to time. 

Information and inquiries should be addressed to 
Aldrich, Chairman National Touring Committee, 530 
avenue, Boston, Mass. 

In making inquiries of the Touring 
Department, members must give League 
number and state Division to which they 
belong, and enclose 2-cent stamp, or 
inquiries will not be answered. It must 
also be remembered that the department 
will not furnish information which can be 
found in the road-book of the inquirers 
own Division. 

" Cycling in Europe," by F. A. El- 
well, is published by the L. A. W., (price 
40 cents), and covers this subject thor- 
oughly and practically. 



will aim 

the corn- 
tin from 

Paul I. 

Atlantic 




194 




BOYS' GYMNASIUM CLASS, PROVIDENCE ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION. 



1% 



Apron Tubing & Webbing Go. 



SOUTH PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



MANUFACTURERS OF 







FLEXIBLE TUBING 



.. FOR .. 



GAS STOVES and 
PORTABLE LAMPS, 
Etc., Etc. 



Wicks for Oil Stoves, 

Silk and Lisle Cotton Garter, 

♦♦♦Elastic Webbing* 



ESTABLISHED 1883. 



INCORPORATED 1890. 



in « mi m ci 



MANUFACTURERS. 




OUR REVOLVERS ARE FOR SALE BY THE LEAD- 
ING DEALERS IN FIREARMS, HARDWARE AND 
SPORTING GOODS ALMOST EVERYWHERE... 

SPECIAL STYLES FOR CYCLISTS... 



SEND FOR CATALOGUE. 



WORCESTER, MASS., U. S. A. 



196 




P. A. A. TRIANGLE CYCLE CLUB MAY-DAY RUN. 



197 



— THE — 

Kendall Rubber Tire Co. 

INCORPORATED. 

CAPITAL, $250,000.00 

17 WARREN ST., PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



A. E. FARWELL, Pres't. G. L. MILLER, Vice=Prest. W. G. KENDALL, Treas. F. A. MARCY, Sec'y 

DIRECTORS: 

A. E. FARWELL. G. L. MILLER. JOHN W. KNIBBS. 

F. S. FARWELL. W. G. KENDALL. F. A. MARCY. 

WM. HALKYARD. B. A. BALLOU. L. L. FALES. 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

The Kendall Patent Cushion Carriage Tires 

(PATENTED NOV. 8, 1898.) 

A Rubber Tire is applied to a carriage to obtain greater pleasure while riding ; also to prolong the life of a 

TH FODV carriage. Then the easier and more elastic a Rubber Tire is, then the nearer you reach the desired effect. 

Ill CvK i ^nd t0 g a j n this you must have a Cushion Tire, also applied so the rubber is in its natural state, so when 

pressure is brought on it, the rubber is allowed to expand at the sides and gain the full benefit of the 
elastic qualities of Rubber, and, with the aid of the cushion, you have gained all that is required of a Rubber Tire, and is 
equal to a Pneumatic, and will not puncture. No Solid Rubber Tire, placed in a channel destroying the side expansion, 
can reach this effect, and is not to be compared with a Kendall Patent Cushion Tire for riding qualities. 

Sr^p' Insist on having the KENDALL and no other. Circulars furnished on application. 

198 



• 



■M 




W. G. Kendall, the Inventor of the Kendall Cushion Rubber Tire, with his Carriage and Pair. Carriage Wheels are fitted with these Tires. 



199 



GOLF. 



OFFICIAL RULES. 

As Revised by the Royal and Ancient Golf Club of St. Andrews in 1891 ; with Rulings and Interpretations by the 

Executive Committee of the United States Golf Association in 1897. 



■'-y, 



Rule 1.- The game of Golf is played by two or more sides, cadi 
playing its own ball. A side may consist of one or more persons. 

Ri ling of the l.s.i;. A. — Two sides of single players constitute a match 
called a " Single." Two sides of two players each constitute a " Foursome," 
ami the players on either side arc called " Partners." 

Rule -. —The game consists in each side playing a ball from a 
tec into a hole by successive strokes, and the hole is won by the 
side holing its ball in the fewest strokes, except as otherwise pro- 
vided in the littles. If two sides 
hole out in the same number of 
strokes, the hole is halved. 



\U ling ofthe I'. S. G. A. — " Match 
Play "' is decided by the number of holes 
won. 

''Medal Play" is decided by the 
aggregate number of strokes. 

Unless otherwise stated, a match 
shall consist of the play of the game over 
eighteen holes of the links. By agree- 
ment a match may consist of the play 
over any number of holes. 

In .Match Play the player plays 
against an " opponent," and opponents 
-£"$.• have certain privileges and responsibili- 
t ies defined by the Rules. 

In Medal Play and Bogey Compe- 
titions the players arc all "competitors," 










and have special privileges (Medal Rules 5, 6, 7 and 8) and a distinct responsi- 
bility (Medal Rule 4). 

" Col. Bogey " is an imaginary opponent against whose arbitrary score each 
player plays by holes; otherwise Rogey Competitions are governed by Medal 
Play rules, except that the player loses a hole: — 

When a ball is struck twice, or is stopped by the player or his caddy or clubs; j 

When a hall is lost; 

When a hall is not played wherever it lies, except as provided for in 
Rules 17 and 21. 

Rule 3. — The teeing ground shall -be indicated by two marks 
placed in a line at right angles to the course, and the players shall 
not tee in front of, nor on either side of these marks, nor more than 
two club lengths behind them. A ball played from outside the limits 
of the teeing ground, as thus defined may be recalled by the oppo- 
site side. 

The hole shall be four and one-quarter inches in diameter and 
at least four inches deep. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — The penalty for playing the hall outside the 
limits, as thus defined, shall he: — 

In Match Play— the ball may be recalled by the opposite side (no stroke 
being counted for the misplay). 

In Medal Play— the hall must be recalled (no stroke being counted for the 
misplay) or the player shall be disqualified. The option of recalling-a ball is in 
all cases forfeited unless exercised at once before another stroke has been played. 

Rule 4. — The ball must be fairly struck at and not pushed, 
scraped nor spooned, under penalty of the loss of the hole. 



i>0<) 



Any movement of the club which is intended to strike the 
ball is a stroke. 

Ruling of the U. S. ('•. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

Rile 5. — The game commences by each side playing a ball 
from the first teeing ground. In a match with two or more on a 
side the partners shall strike off alternately from the tees, and shall 
strike alternately during the play of the hole. 

The players, who are to strike against each other, shall he 
named at starting and shall continue in the same order during the 
match. 

The player, who shall play first on each side, shall he named by 
his own side. 

In case of failure to agree, it shall he settled by lot or toss which 
side shall have the option of leading. 

Rule 6. — If a player shall play when his partner should have 
done so, his side shall lose the hole, except in the case of the tee shot, 
when the stroke may he recalled at the option of the opponents. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play— loss of the hole. 

In Medal Play — if the player plays the tee shot when his partner should 
have done so, the ball inu.it be recalled (no stroke being counted for the misplay) 
or the side shall be disqualified. If a player play when his partner should have 
done so through the green, the ball shall be recalled and dropped, and a stroke 
counted for the misplay. 

Rule 7. — The side winning a hole shall lead in starting for the 
next hole, and may recall the opponent's stroke should lie play out 
of order. This privilege is called the "Honour." On starting for 
a new match the winner of the long match in the previous round is 
entitled to the honour. Should the first match have been halved, 
the winner of the last hole gained is entitled to the honour. 

Riling ok the U. S. G. A. — In Match Play — the stroke recalled is not 
counted. In Medal Play — the stroke may not be recalled. 



Rule 8. — One round of the links, generally eighteen holes, is a 
match, unless otherwise agreed upon. The match is won by theside 
which gets more holes ahead than there remain holes to he played, 
or by the side winning the last hole when the match was all even at 
the second last hole. If both sides have won the same number, it is 
a halved match. 

Piling of the U. S. <<. A. — In competitions: In Match Play, when two 
competitors have halved their match, they shall continue playing hole ! > \ hole 
till one or the other shall have won a hole, which shall determine the winner of 
the match. 

Should the Match Play Competition be ;i handicap, the competitors must 
decide the tie by playing either one hole, three or five more holes, according to 
the manner in which the handicap ceded falls upon certain holes so as to make 
the game a fairly proportionate representation of the round. 

In Medal Play, where two or more competitors are tied, the winner shall lie 
determined by another round of the course: except that By-Laws 15 and 10 of 
the United States Golf Association provide that, in case of ties for the sixteenth 
place in the Amateur Championship medal rounds, or the eighth place in the 
Women's Championship medal rounds, respectively, the contestants so tied shall 
continue to play until one or the other shall have gained a lead by strokes, the 
hole or holes to be played out. 

Rule 9. — After the halls ate struck from the tee, the hall 
furthest from the hole to which the parties are playing shall lie played 
first, except as otherwise provided for in the Rules. Should the 
wrong side play first, the opponent may recall the stroke before his 
side has played. 

RULING of tiik U. S. <;. A. — In Match Play — no stroke is counted lor the 
misplay if recalled. In Medal Play — the stroke may not lie recalled. 

Rule 10. — Unless with the opponent's consent, a hall struck 
from the tee shall not he changed, touched nor moved, before the 
hole is played out, under the penalty of one stroke, except as other- 
wise provided for in the Rules. 

Riling of the U.S. G. A.— Penalty for breach of this rule:— In Match 
Play — loss of one stroke. In Medal Play — loss of one stroke. 



201 



Rule 11. — In playing through the green all louse impedi- 
ments within a cluh length of a ball which is not lying in or 
touching a hazard, may be removed : but loose impediments which 
are more than a club length from the ball shall not be removed 
under penalty of one stroke. 

I.'i i in', of the U. S. <;. A.. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of one stroke. In Medal Play — loss of one stroke. 

Ice. snow ami hail within a club length of the ball through the green may 
lie removed; hut on the putting green the ice. snow and hail 

tna\ onlj he re veil as per Rule 34, "by brushing lightly 

with the hand only across the put and not along it." 

Rule 12. — Before striking at the ball the player 
shall not move, bend nor break anything fixed or 
growing near the ball, except in the act of placing 
his feet on the ground for the purpose of addressing 
the hall, and in soling his cluh to address the hall, 
under the penalty of the loss of the bole, except as 
provided for in Utile 18. 

Ri i in'. OF the U. S. <;. A. — Penalty for breach of this 
rule: In Match Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — dis- 
qualificai ion. 

RULE 13. — A hall stuck fast in wet ground or 
sand may lie taken out and replaced loosely in the ■ 
hole which it litis made. 

RULE 14. — When a ball lies in or touches a 
hazard, the club shall not touch the ground, nor shall anything be 
tout bed or moved before the player strikes at the ball, except that 
the player may place his feet firmly on the ground for the purpose of 
addressing the ball, under the penalty of the loss of the hole. But if in 
the backward or in the downward swing, any grass, bent, whin or other 
growing substance, or the side of a bunker or wall, paling or other 
immovable obstacles, be touched, no penalty shall be incurred. 

in i iN<. of the r. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule:- In Match 
Play less iif the hole. In .Medal Play— for moving anything, disqualification; 




for touching anything, loss of one stroke. The intent of this ruling is to prevent 
the player from altering or improving the lie of the ball. The club shall not be 
soled, nor the surface of the ground be touched within a radius of a club length 
from the ball, except that the player may place his feet firmly on the ground for 
the purpose of addressing the ball; but nothing herein shall be construed as 
allowing a player to test in any manner the consistency of the sand or soil in any 
part of the hazard, under penalty of disqualification. 

When a ball lies on turf in a hazard or surrounded by a hazard, it shall 
be considered as being on the fair green — i. e., the club may be soled. 

Rule 15. — A hazard shall be any bunker of 

whatever nature — water, sand, loose earth, mole 

hills, paths, roads or railways, whins, bushes, rushes, 

rabbit-scrapes, fences, ditches, or anything which is 

not the ordinary green of the course, except sand 

blown on to the grass by wind or sprinkled on the 

grass for the preservation of the links, or snow or 

ice or bare patches on the course. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Long grass or casual water 
on the fair green are not hazards. Woods are hazards. The 
fair green shall be considered any part of a course except the 
hazards and putting greens. 

Rule 16. — A player, or a player's caddy, shall 

not press down nor remove any irregularities of 

surface near the ball, except at the teeing ground, 

under the penalty of the loss of the hole. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

" Near the ball " shall be considered within a club length. 

Pressing down the surface near the ball by prolonged or forcible soling of 
the club shall be deemed a breach of this rule. 

Kill 17. — If any vessel, wheelbarrow, tool, roller, grass cutter, 
box or other similar obstruction has been placed upon the course, 
such obstruction may be removed. A ball lying on or touching 
such obstruction, or on clothes or nets or on ground under repair or 
temporarily covered up or opened, may be lifted and dropped at the 



■20-2 



nearest point of the course ; but a ball lifted in a hazard shall be 
dropped in a hazard. A ball lying in a golf hole or flag hole may 
be lifted and dropped not more than a club length behind such hole. 
Rule 18. — When a ball is completely covered with fog, bent, 
whins, etc., only so much thereof shall be set aside as that the player 
shall have a view of his ball before he plays, whether in a line with 
the hole or otherwise. 

Riling of the U. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

The "etc." in this rule includes grass, bushes, plants, hedges, trees or 
foliage. 

Rule 19. — When a ball is to be dropped the player shall drop 
it. He shall front the hole, stand erect behind the hazard, keep the 
spot from which the ball was lifted, or in the case of running water, 
the spot at which it entered, in a line between him and the hole, 
and drop the ball behind him from his head, standing as far behind 
the hazard as he may please. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule:— In Match 
Play — if the ball has not been dropped in strict accordance with the rule, the 
opponent has the option of having the ball dropped again. 

In Medal Play — if the ball has not been dropped in strict accordance with 
the rule, the other competitor must call for the ball to be dropped again, and the 
player must comply or be disqualified. 

The player must drop the ball himself, not his caddy nor his partner. A 
dropped ball shall not be considered in play until at rest. 

When a ball is lifted from a hazard and dropped and falls back into the 
hazard, the player may lift again without further penalty. 

Rule 20. — When the balls in play lie within six inches of each 
other, measured from their nearest points, the ball nearer the hole 
shall be lifted until the other is played, and shall then be replaced 
as nearly as possible in its original position. Should the ball further 
from the hole be accidentally moved in so doing, it shall be replaced. 
Should the lie of the lifted ball be altered by the opponent in play- 
ing, it may be replaced in a lie near to, and as nearly as possible 
similar to, that from which it was lifted. 



Rule 21. — If the hall lie or he lost in water, the player may 
drop a hall under the penalty of one stroke. 

Ruling ok the U. S. (i. A.— When the ball lies in casual water on the 

putting green, it may be lifted without penalty and replaced by hand i <• side 

but not nearer to the hole. 

A ball in water in a hazard may be lifted and dropped behind the water or 
hazard, under penalty of one stroke. 

Rule 22. — Whatever happens by accident to a hall in motion, 
such as its being deflected or stopped by any agency outside of the 
match, or by the forecaddie, is a "rub of the green," and the hall 
shall he played from where it lies. Should a ball lodge in anything 
moving, such ball, or, if it cannot he recovered, another ball, shall 
be dropped as nearly as possible at the spot where the object was 
when the ball lodged in it. But if a ball at rest be displaced by any 
agency outside the match, the player shall drop it, or another ball, 
as nearly as possible at the spot where it lay. On the putting green 
the ball may be replaced by hand. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A.— Penalty for breach of this rule:— In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

Wind and weather are not agencies "outside the match. " 

Rule 23. — If the player's ball strike, or he accidentally moved 
by, an opponent or an opponent's caddie or clubs, the opponent loses 
the hole. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A.— Penalty incurred:— In Match Play— loss of the 
bide. In Medal Play — no penalty. 

If the player's ball strike the other competitor or his caddie or clubs, it is a 
"rub of the green,'-' and the ball shall be played from where it. lies. If a player's 
ball at rest be accidentally or intentionally moved by the other competitor or 
his caddie, the ball must be replaced. 

Rule 24. — If the player's ball strike or be stopped by himself or 

his partner or either of their caddies or clubs, or if, while in the act of 

playing, the player shall strike the ball twice, his side loses the hole. 

Ritling of the U. S. G. A.— Penalty for breach of this rule:— In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — loss of one stroke. 



203 



Rule 25. If the player, when not making a stroke, or his 
partner, or either of their caddies, touch their side's ball, except at 
the tee, so as to move it. or l»\ touching anything cause it to move, 
the penalty is one stroke. 

Ri ling ok 1 11 1 I .s.(,..\. Penalty incurred: In Match Play— loss of one 
stroke. In Medal Play, loss of one stroke. 

i scepl at the tee, if the ball move while the player is addressing it, the 
player loses one stroke. 

i scepl at the tee, if the ball be struck while moving, the penalty is one 
stroke; i. • .. <>ne stroke for the moving and one stroke for t he play. 

I scepl at the tee, it struck at while moving, and missed, one stroke shall 
l '<■ i "imt e, l for the moving and a not her for the miss. 

Ri ii'. 26. A ball is considered to have been moved if it leave 
its original position in the leasi degree and stop in another; but if 
a player touch his ball and thereof cause it to oscillate without 
causing it to leave its original position, it is not moved in the sense 
of Rule 25. 

I!i i.i: 27. A player's side loses a stroke if he play the oppon- 
ent s ball, unless ( 1 ) the opponent then plays the player's ball, where- 
by the penalty is cancelled, and the hole must be played out with 
the lulls thus exchanged; or (2) the mistake occur through wrong 

information given by the opponent, in 
which case the mistake, if discovered 
before the opponent hits played, must 
be rectified by placing a ball as nearly 
as possible where the opponent's hall 
lay. If it be discovered before either 
side has struck off at the tee that one 
side has played out the previous hole 
with the hall of a party not engaged in 
the match, that side loses the hole. 

Ruling ok the U. S. <;. A. Penalty for 
breach of this rule: — First— Playing the oppon- 
ent's ball with exceptions (1) and (2) above 



■*^£&^t«ip. 




noted in the rule: In Match Play loss of one stroke. The ball must he re- 
placed. In Medal Play — no penalty. The hall must he replaced. 

Second — Playing out with the ball of a party not engaged in the match: In 
Match Play — if discovered before the next tee stroke, loss of the hole. In Medal 
Play— the player must go hack and play his own ball, or, not finding it, return 
as nearly as possible to the spot where it was last struck, tee another ball and 
lose a stroke (Rule 5 Medal Play), or else be disqualified. 

Rule 28. — If a ball be lost, the player's side loses a hole. A 
ball shall be considered as lost it' it he not found within five minutes 
after the search is lien tin. 

Ruling of the TJ. S. G. A.— Penalty incurred:— In Match Play— loss of 
the hole. Where both balls are lost at the same time, neither side wins the hole, 
which should be called halved, irrespective of the number of strokes that either 
side may have played. A player, who has lost his ball, may, before giving up 
the hole, ask the opponent to show his (the opponent's) ball. 

In Medal Play — loss of one stroke and distance. The player must return 
as nearly as possible to the spot where the ball was struck, tee another ball and 
lose one stroke. Hut if the ball be found before he has struck the other ball, 
the first shall continue iu play. 

Rule 29. — A ball must be played wherever it lies, or the hole 
given up, except as otherwise provided for in the Rules. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A.— Penalty:— In Match Play — loss of the hole. 
In Medal Play — loss of two strokes, and ball may be teed. The exceptions are 
provided for in Rules 17 and 21. 

Rule 30. — The term "putting green" shall mean the ground 
within twenty yards of the hole, excepting hazards. 

Ruling of the TJ. S. G. A. — If a hazard be within the twenty yard limit 
of the hole, the ground outside of such hazard may not be considered as putting 
green, even though it be within the twenty yard radius from the hole. 

Rule 31. — All loose impediments may be removed from the 
putting green, except the opponent's ball, when at a greater distance 
from the player's than six inches. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — In Medal Play, on the putting green, the 
hall nearer the hole may be holed out or lifted, at its owner's option, if " it be in 
such a position that it might, if left, give an advantage to the other competitor." 
( Rule 'J Medal Play. ) 



204 



Rule 32. — In a match of three or more sides a hall in any 
degree lying hetween the player and the hole must he lifted, or, if 
on the putting green, holed out. 

Rule 33. — When the hall is on the putting green no mark 
shall he placed nor line drawn as a guide. The line to the hole may 
he pointed out, hut the person doing so may not touch the ground 
with the hand or club. 

The player may have his own or his partner's caddie to stand 
at the hole, hut none of the players, nor their caddies, may move so 
as to shield the hall from, or expose it to, the wind. 

The penalty for any breach of this rule is the loss of the hole. 

Ruling of the IT. S. (i. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule:— In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

The putting line shall not be considered to extend beyond the hole. 

Rule 34. — The player or his caddie may remove (but not press 
down) sand, worm casts or snow lying around the hole or on the 
line of his put. This shall be done by brushing lightly with the 
hand only across the put and not along it. Dung may be removed 
to a side by an iron club, but the club must not be laid with more 
than its own weight upon the ground. The putting line must not 
be touched by club, hand or foot, except as above authorized, or 
immediately in front of the ball in the act of addressing it, under 
the penalty of the loss of the hole. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

The putting line shall not be considered to extend beyond the hole. The 
" player or his caddie 11 shall include his partner and his partner's caddie. 

Rule 35. — Either side is entitled to have the flag stick removed 

when approaching the hole. If a ball rest against the flag stick 

when in the hole, the player shall be entitled to remove the stick, 

and, if the ball fall in, it shall be considered as holed out in the 

previous stroke. 

Ruling of the TJ. S. G. A. — Penalty for putting at the hole with the flag 
stick in it and striking the flag stick: In Match Play — no penalty. In Medal Play 
— disqualification. 



Rule 36. — A player shall not play until tin' opponent's ball 
shall have ceased to roll, under the penalty of one stroke. Should 
the player's ball knock in the opponent's hall, the latter shall be 
counted as holed out in the previous stroke, li, in playing, the 
player's ball displace the opponent's ball, the opponent shall have 
the option of replacing it. 

Ruling of the TJ. S. G. A. — Penalty under this rule : — In Match Plaj loss 
of one stroke. In Medal Play — loss of one stroke. 

Should the player's ball knock in the opponent's ball: — In Match Play the 
latter shall be counted as holed out in the previous stroke. In Medal Play the 
latter must be replaced. 

Should the player's ball displace the opponent's ball: — In Match Plaj the 
latter shall have the option of replacing his ball, and must exercise such option 
at once and before any further play. In Medal Play the latter must replace his 
ball. 

A player having holed out his ball in the like or the odd may knock away 
the opponent's ball from the lip of the hole and claim the hole if he had holed 
in the like, or a half if he had holed in the odd. 

RULE 37. — A player shall not ask for advice, nor he knowingly 
advised, about the game by word, look or gesture from anyone ex- 
cept his own caddie or his partner or partner's caddie, under the 
penalty of the loss of the hole. 

Ruling of the U. S. Gr. A. — Penalty for breach of this rule: — In Match 
Play — loss of the hole. In Medal Play — disqualification. 

Rule 38. — If a ball split into separate pieces, another ball may 
be put down where the largest portion lies ; or if two pieces are 
apparently of equal size, it may he put where either piece lies, at the 
option of the player. If a ball crack, or become unplayable, the 
player may change it on intimating to his opponent his intention to 

do so. 

Rule 39. — A penalty stroke shall not be counted the stroke of 
a player, and shall not affect the rotation of the play. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — A " stroke " is any movement of the (dub 
which is intended to strike the ball. A player who, while addressing his 
ball, intentionally or accidentally causes it to move, shall be considered to 
have played one stroke (except at the tee). A "penalty stroke 11 is a stroke 
added to the score of a side for infringing certain rules. 

Rule 40. — Should any dispute arise on any point, the players 
have the right of determining the party or parties to whom the dispute 



205 



shall be referred; but should they not agree, either party may refer 

it to the Green Committee of the green where the dispute occurs, 

and their decision shall be final. Should the dispute not be covered 

by the Rules of Golf, the arbiters must decide it by equity. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Such decisions may be finally referred to the 
Kxccutive Committee of the United States Golf Association. 



SPECIAL RULES FOR MEDAL PLAY. 

Rule 1. — In Club Competitions the competitor doing the 
stipulated course in fewest strokes shall be the winner. 

Rule 2. — If the lowest score be made by two or more competi- 
tors, the ties shall be decided by another round to be played either on 
the same day or on any other day as the Captain, or, in his absence. 
the Secretary, shall direct. 

Hi LING OF THE U. S. <<■ A. Except that By-Laws 15 and 10 of the United 
States Golf Association provide that, in case of ties for the sixteenth place iu the 
Amateur Championship Medal founds, or for the eighth place in the Women's 
Championship medal rounds, respectively, the contestants so tied shall continue 
to play until one or the other shall have gained a lead by strokes, the hole or 
holes to he played out 

RULE 3.- New holes shall be made for the medal round, and 

thereafter no member shall play any stroke on a putting green before 

competing. 

Ruling of the U. S.G. A.— Penalty for breach of this rule is disqual ill cation. 
Competitors musl always assume that new holes have been made, whether really 
made or not. Trial strokes may he played through the fair green, but no stroke 
may he played within twenty yards of any hide on the course where the com- 
petition takes place. In Match Play Competitions, other than Iiogey Competi- 
tions, a member may play upon the putting greens. 

I!i t.i: 1. — The scores shall be kept by a special marker, or by 

the competitors noting each other's scores. The scores marked shall 

he cheeked at the finish of each hole. On the completion of the 

course the score id' the players shall be signed by the person keeping 

the score and handed to the Secretary. 

in lino of the U. S.G.A. -Penalty for breach of this rule is disqualification. 

The score must lie handed to the Secretary or to some person designated by the 
Green Committee. A caddie may not keep score, nor may an outsider (a player 
n.p i in competition) playing \\ itli a competitor do so without the sanction of the 
('lull's Executive. 

It is commended, hut not required, to mark down each stroke as played. 



Rule ">. — If a ball be lost, the player shall return as nearly as 
possible to the spot where the ball was struck, tee another ball and 
lose a stroke. If the lost ball be found before he has struck the other 
ball, the first shall continue in play. 

Ruling of the U. S.G.A. —Penalty for breach of this rule is disqualification. 

RULE 6. — If the player's ball strike himself, or his clubs, or 

caddie, or if in the act of playing the player strike the ball twice, 

the penalty shall be one stroke. 

Riling of the U. S. G. A. — If the player's ball strike a foreeaddie, it is a 
" rub of the green." 

Rule 7. — If a competitor's ball strike the other player, or his 
clubs or caddie, it is a " rub of the green," and the ball shall be 
played from where it lies. 

Rule 8. — A ball may, under a penalty of two strokes, be lifted 
out of a difficulty of any description and be teed behind the same. 

Rule 9. — All balls shall be holed out, and when play is on the 

putting green the flag shall be removed, and the competitor whose 

ball is nearest the hole shall have the option of holing out first, or 

of lifting his ball if it lie in such a position that it might, if left, 

give an advantage to the other competitor. Throughout the green 

a competitor can have the other competitor's ball lifted if he find 

that it interferes with his stroke. 

Ruling of the U. S.G.A. — Penalty for breach of this rule is disqualification. 
Either player may judge whether the balls as they lie give the other an advan- 
tage. If a hall at rest be caused by any agency outside the match to roll into the 
hole, the hall shallnot be considered as holed outin the previous stroke, but shall 
be replaced as nearly as possible in the same position as occupied before it was 
displaced. Should a competitor hole out with a ball other than his own, he 
shall he disqualified, unless he can go back and resume play with bis original 
ball, or, failing to find it, return as nearly as possible to the spot where it was 
last struck, tee another ball and lose a stroke. (Rule 5 Medal Play.) 

Rule 10. — A competitor may not play with a professional, and 

he may not receive advice from any one but his caddie. 

A foreeaddie may be employed. 

Ruling of the U. S.G.A.— Penalty forbreach of this rule is disqualification. 
Each competitor may have a foreeaddie. 



2i Hi 



Rule 11. — Competitors may not discontinue play because of 
bad weather. 

Riling of the U.S.G.A. — Penalty for breach of this rule is disqualification. 

Rulk 12. — The penalty for a breach of any rule shall he dis- 
qualification. 

Rule 13. — Any dispute regarding the play shall he determined 

by the Green Committee. 

Ruling of the U. S. G. A. — Such decision may be finally referred to the 
Executive Committee of the United .States Golf Association. 

Rile 14. — The ordinary rules of Golf, so far as they are not at 

variance with the Special Rules, shall apply to Medal Play. 



ETIQUETTE OF GOLF. 

The following customs belong to the established etiquette of 
golf and should be observed by all golfers : 

1. Xo player, caddie or onlooker should move or talk during a stroke. 

2. No player should play from the tee until the party in front have played 
their second strokes and are out of range, nor play to the putting green till the 
party in front have holed out and moved away. 

3. The player who leads from the tee should be allowed to play before his 
opponent tees his ball. 

4. Players who have holed out should not try their putts over again when 
other players are following them. 

5. Players looking for a lost ball must allow any other match coming up to 
pass them. 

G. A party playing three or more balls must allow a two-hall match to 
pass them. 

7. A party playing a shorter round must allow a two-ball match to pass them. 

8. A player should not putt at the hole when the flag is in it. 

9. The reckoning of the strokes is kept by the terms: "the odd," "two 
more," "three more," etc., and "one off three," "one off two," "the like." The 
reckoning of the holes is kept by the terms: So many " holes up," or "all even," 
and so many "to play." 

10. Turf cut or displaced by a stroke in playing should be at once replaced. 

11. The flags or markers should always be replaced in the hole after holing 
out in such a way as to be easily seen by parties approaching the hole. 

12. Loud talking, laughter, and shouting should be avoided. 

13. Iron shots should never be played on any putting green. 



other club. The Bulger Driver is made witli the face slightly convex, and is 
supposed to send the hall straighter than the plain-faced dull. 

The Brassy (sometimes called Brassy Niblick). — Similar to the Driver, but 
witli the face slightly sloping backward and shod with brass, [t elevates the 
ball higher than the driver, but does not send it quite so far. It, is used through 
the green where the lie is not quite favorable for the Driver. The Brassy is 
also sometimes made in the Bulger form. 

Ikon Cubs. — The Cleek. — The longest driver among the iron (dubs. Used 
through the green or where the distance is too short for the Driver or Brassy. 

Iron or Lofter. — Head broader than the Cleek and sloping backward. Used 
for lofting or elevating the ball when near the green or when an obstacle is to 
be overcome. 

Niblick. — A heavy club with small, rounded head. Often absolutely neces- 
sary for extricating the ball from ruts, mud, bushes, and other difficulties. 

Mashies. — Somewhat heavier than the Lofter and with a wider face. A 
cross between the Iron and the Niblick. Often used in approaching. In the 
hands of an expert a most formidable weapon. 

Putter. — Sometimes made of gun metal or brass, as well as iron. Used oe 
the putting green for putting ball into the hole. Straight-faced and short-handled. 
Can be used left-handed. The Butter was formerly made of wood, and some 
players still use wooden putters, but the metal club is usually preferred. 



CLUBS COMMONLY IN USE. 

Wooden Clubs. — Driver or Play Club. — LTsed from the tee and through 
the green where the ball lies sufficiently well. It sends the ball further than any 



GLOSSARY. 

Addressing the Ball, rutting one's self in position to strike the ball. The preliminary flourish 

of the club before the swing. 
Approach. When the player is sufficiently near the hole to be able to send the ball upon the 

putting green, his stroke is called the " approach shot." 
Baff. To strike the ground just behind the ball with the " sole " of the club-head in playing, 

" and to send ball in air. 
Baffy. A wooden club to play lofting shots. Now almost entirely superseded by iron clubs. 
Bent. Rush, bent-grass. 
Bogey. Usually given the title of Colonel. A phantom who is credited with a certain score 

for each hole, against which score each player is competing. 
Bone. A piece of horn or bone inserted in the sole of the club to prevent it from splitting. A 

variety of substances are now used as substitutes. 
Brassy. A wooden (dub with a brass sole. 
Break-Club. An obstacle lying near a ball of such a nature as might break the club when 

striking the ball. 
flidoer. A club with a convex face. 

Bunker. Generally any rough, hazardous ground— more strictly a sand-pit. (See Hazard.) 
Bye. Any hole or holes that remain to be played after the match is won. They are played for 

singly, unless the sides agree to make another match of them. 
Caddie. A person who carries the golfer's clubs and who may give him advice in regard to the 

game. A forecaddie runs ahead to mark where the ball falls. 
Carry. The distance from the place where the ball is struck to the place where it pitches or 

first touches the ground. 
Cleek. An iron-headed club. 

Club. The implement with which the ball is struck. 
Course. That portion of the links on which the game ought to be played, generally bounded 

on either side by rough ground or other hazard. 
Cup. A small hole in the course, usually one made by the stroke of some previous player. 



207 



MILLS, HORTON & REED, 



JOBBERS OF 



STEAM SUPPLIES. 

Steam etxid Hot Water Heating- 

I3NT ALL ITS BRANCHES. 

'Phone T03. 133 and 135 EDDY STREET. 

Edward Kakas & Sons, 

THE LARGEST ^FI JR STORK ,j£ IN BOSTON^ 

162 Tremont Street, Boston, Mass. 



WE MAKE A SPECIALTY OF 

ALASKA SEAL, HUDSON BAY, RUSSIAN AND AMERICAN 

♦♦ ♦SABLE* ♦♦ 

JUS 




FOUR-IN-HAND OWNED BY MR. JOHN SHEPARD, JR. 
209 



14 



/)r, ill . A ball is said to be " dead " when it lies so near the hole that the putt is a dead cer- 
taint] . A hall is said to fall " dead " when it does not run after alighting. 

Divot. Piece of turf cut out by an iron club in plaj [ng, which should always be carefully replaced. 

Ih, rm ii. One side is said to 1 loriny " when it is as many holes ahead as then' remain holes 

to play. (This word la probablj derived from the French, like many Scotch terms.) 
Draw. To drive widely to the left hand, | identical in its results with Hook, Screw and Pull.) 
Driver. See Play-Club. 
Face. First, the slope of a hunker or hillock; second, the part of the club-head which strikes 

the ball. 
Flat. A club is said to he " Hat " when its head is at a very obtuse angle to the shaft. 
Fug. Moss, rank grass. 
Foozle. A bungling stroke. 

Fore: A warning crj to an] person in the way of the stroke. (Contracted from " before.") 
Foursome. A match in which two play on each side. 
Gobbh . A rapid straight " putt " into the hole, such that, had the ball not gone in, it would 

have gone some distance beyond. 
Grassi d. Said of a club whose face is slightly " spooned " or sloped backward. 
i.i-i i n. First, the whole links ; second, the putting-ground around the different holes. 
Grip. First, that part of the shaft covered with leather; second, the grasp of the player's 

hands on the club. 
Gutty. A gutta-percha ball in distinction from the softer putty ball or " Eclipse" ball. 
Hull-one. A handicap of a stroke deducted every second hole. 
Half-shot. A shot made with less than a full swing. 
Hulii il . A hide is said to be " halved " when each side takes the same number of strokes. A 

•• halved " match is where each side has won the same number of holes. 
Banging. A " hanging " ball is one which lies on a downward slope. 
Hazard. A general term for bunker, long grass, road, water, whin, molehill, or other bad 

ground, i See Kule 15.) 
lb ml. This word is a striking specimen of incongruity and mixed metaphor. A head is the 

lowest part of a club, and possesses, among other mysterious characteristics, a sole, a heel, 

a tni or nose, a neck, and a face. 
Heel. First, the part of the head nearest the shaft; second, to hit from this part and send the 

ball to the right hand. 
Hole. First, the four and a quarter inch hole lined with iron ; second, the whole space between 

any two of these. 
Honor. The right to play off first from the tee. 
Hook. See Draw. 

Hose, 'flu- Bocket in iron-headed clubs into which the wooden shaft fits. 
Iron. A club made of the material its name implies, with the head more or less laid back to 

loft a ball. A most deadly weapon in a good player's hands. 
■Ii rl. . In " jerking," the club should strike with a quick cut just behind the hall, thus sending 

it up in the air. 
He. First, the inclination of a club whenheld on the ground in a natural position for strik- 
ing; second, the situation of a ball, good or bad. 
Like. See under Odds. 

l.il.i OS-we-lie. When both sides have played the same number of strokes. 
Links. The open downs or heath on which ^<<1 1 is played. 
Lull . TO elevate the hall. 
Long Odds. When a player has to play a stroke more than his adversary, who is much farther 

■ >n— that i~. nearer the hole. 
Ma ilr. A player, or bis ball, is said to be " made " when his ball is Sufficiently near the hole to 

be played on to the putting green next shot. 
Maehie or Mashy. A club which, both in its make and its uses, is a compromise between the 

Niblick and the Iron. 
Match. First, the sides playing against each other; second, the game itself. 
Match Play. Reckoning the score by holes. 
Medal Play. Reckoning the score by strokes. Tie usual method in championship contests. 



Miss the Globe. To fail to strike the ball, either by swinging over the top of it, or by hitting 
the ground behind it. It is counted a stroke. 

Neck. The crook of the head where it joins the shaft. 

Niblick. A small, narrow-headed, heavy iron club, used when the ball lies in bad places, as 
ruts, whins or sand. 

Nose. The point or front portion of the club-head. 

Odds. First, means the handicap given by a strong player to a weaker in a single match, con- 
sisting of either one, two, three or more holes to start with, or one stroke per hole, or every 
alternate hole, or at every third hole, etc.; second, to have played "the odds " is to have 
played one stroke more than your adversary. Some other terms used in counting the game 
will be mosteasily explained here altogether. If your opponent has played one stroke more 
than you— that is", " the odds"— your next stroke will be " the like;" if' two strokes more - 
that is, " the two more" — your next stroke will be " the one-off -two ; " if "three more," 
" the one-off-three," and so on. 

One-off-two, One-off-three, etc. See under Odds. 

Play-Club. A wooden-headed club, with full-length shaft, more or less supple; with it the 
ball can be driven to the greatest distance. It is used when the ball lies well. 

Press. To put too much force into a stroke in the endeavor to send the ball far. To hit too 
hard and thus lose accuracy. 

Pull. See Draw. 

Putt. To play the delicate game close to the hole. (Pronounce u as in but.) 

Puller. An upright, still-shafted, wooden-headed club (some use iron heads), used when the 
ball is on the putting green. 

Putting Green. Technically, the ground in all directions within twenty yards of the hole, except 
hazards. Practically that part of the green around the hole kept smooth and trimmed, 
usually much smaller. 

Rind. A strip of cloth under the leather to thicken the grip. 

Rub on the Green. A favorable or unfavorable knock to the ball, for which no penalty is im- 
posed, and which must he submitted to. (See Rule '22. and Medal Play Rule 7.) 

Scare. The narrow part of the club-head by which it is glued to the handle. 

Score Play. See Medal Play. 

Sclaff. When the club-head strikes the ground behind the ball, and follows on with a ricochet. 

Screw. See Drmr. 

Scruff. Slightly razing the grass in striking. 

Set. A full complement of clubs. 

Shaft. The stick or handle of the club. 

Slice. To hit the ball with a draw across it from right to left, with the result that it flies to 
the right. 

Sole. The flat bottom of the club-head. 

Spoons. Wooden-headed clubs of three lengths— long, middle and short; the head is scooped, 
so as to loft the ball. Now almost entirely superseded by iron clubs. 

Spriruj. The degree of suppleness in the shaft. 

Si/unre. When the game stands evenly balanced, neither side being any holes ahead. 

Stance. The position of the player's feet when addressing himself to the ball. 

Steal. To hole an unlikely " putt" from a distance, but not by a " gobble." 

Stroke. The act of hitting the ball with the club, or the attempt to do so. 

Stymie or Stimy. When an opponent's ball lies in the line of a player's " putt " and more 
than six inches from his ball, forcing him to loft over or play around it. 

Swipe. A strong, full, driving stroke that sends the ball a great distance. 

Tee. The pat of sand on which the ball is placed for a drive. Portable tees are also made of 
rubber, paper, and various other substances. 

Third. A handicap stroke deducted every third hole. 

'I'm . Another name for the nose of the club. 

Toil To hit the ball above its centre, thus sending it along the ground. 

Two-more, Three-more, etc. See under Odds. 

Upright. A club is said to be " upright " when its head is not a very obtuse angle to the shaft. 

Waggle. The preliminary flourish of the club over or behind the ball before making the stroke. 

Whipping. The pitched twine binding together the head and shaft of wooden clubs. 

Wrist Shot. A short stroke made in approaching, less than a half shot. Generally played 
with an iron club. 



210 



CONTENTS OF THE BOOK. 



INDEX. 

l'ACE 

Billiards and Tool 127,141 

Howling 149-155, 1611-161 

Boxing 178-179 

Charter 17 

Constitution 37-43, 46-53 

Cycling 192 

Cycling Rules 194 

Duplicate Whist 115-117, 121-123 

Fencing 182-184 

Golf 200-207, 210 

History of the P. A. A 65-69 

Introductory 2 

Ladies' Whist Club P. A. A. Constitu- 
tion 111-113 

Membership 55-62 

" Pin- Hockey" 169,172 

P. A. A. Athletics 166-168 

P. A. A. Officers and Committees 7-9 

Turkish Baths, About 187 

Turkish Baths and Swimming Pool 186 

Water Polo 191 

Whist Among the Men 107 

Whist Among the Women 110-111 

Women at the Athletic 106 

Wrestling 180 



LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PAGE 

Abbott, Stanton 177 

Baker, Hon. William C 13 

Barber Shop 83 

Billiard Room 125 

Board of Trade Dinner 35 

Boiler Room 91 

Bowen, Wm. M. P 25 

Bowling Alleys 147 

Bov's Gymnasium Class 195 

Buffet 81 

Club Office 75 

Club Parlors 85 

Committee on Publications 29 

Cutler, Dr 163 

Cycle Room 193 

Doldt, Mr. John E 103 

Douglas, Hon. Win. W 23 

Dyer, His Excellency Elisha 11 

Engine and Dynamo* Room 91 

Entrance to Club House 15 

Four-in-hand, owned by John Shepard, Jr. .209 

Grill Room, P. A. A., The 33 

Gymnasium of P. A. A 165 



l'AGE 

Herrick, Frank 181 

Kelly, John B 23 

Ladies' Dining Room , 101 

Ladies' Dining Room, View from 103 

Ladies' Drawing Room 97 

Ladies' Morning Room 99 

Ladies' Reception Room 95 

Ladies' Whist Matinee 119 

Leavitt Picture 105 

Main Dining Room 87 

Main Hall 77 

Palmer Residence 71-73 

P. A. A. Champion Inter-Citv Billiard and 

Pool Team, 189S-'99 143 

P. A. A. Champion Inter -City Bowling 

Team, 1898-'99 159 

P. A. A. Champion Inter-City Whist Team, 

1898-'99 109 

P. A. A. Champion Pin-Hockey Team, 

1898-'99 175 

P. A. A. Club House 3 

P. A. A. Fencing Groups 185 

P. A. A. Governing Committee and Private 

Dining Room 27 

P. A. A. No. 2 Team, Champion Inter-Club 

Bowling League, 1899 157 

P. A. A. Pin-Hockey Players, 1898-'99 171 

P. A. A. Pin-HockeV Teams 173 

P. A. A. Triangle Cycle Club May-Day Run. .197 

Reading and Writing Rooms 89 

Rhode Island State House, The New 31 

Serving Room, Kitchen and Laundry 93 

Shepard, John, Jr 21 

Shepley, Col. George L 19 

Sleeping Rooms, One of the 89 

Ten Mile River, Scene on 79 

Turkish Baths .189 

Whist Room 87 



LIST OF ADVERTISERS. 

PAGE 

Alpha Music Co 70 

American Tubing and Webbing Co 196 

Angell <& Swift 154 

Anthony & Co., J. M 42 

Arnold & Co., D. H 136 

Arnold, Hoffman & Co 86 

Baker, Winthrop M 70 

Barrett Co., The W. E 84 

Barton, William 74 

Bixby Silver Co 84 

Blackstone Canal National Bank 20 

Blanding \- Blanding 144-145 



PAGE 

Boar's Head Grocery & Provision Co 188 

Brown Brothers' Company 6 

Brownell & Field Co 148 

Browning, King & Co 36 

Bullock, Thomas R 124 

Burnham, George H 63 

(alder, Albert L, 96 

California Wine Co so 

Callender, McAuslan & Troup Co 126 

Chace & Co., Thos W 134 

Citizens Savings Bank 94 

Claflin & Co., Geo. L 12 

Congdon & Carpenter Co., The 124 

Corliss, Coon & Co 162 

Crompton & Knowles Loom Works 158 

Crooker Mantel & Tile Co 104 

Crystal Ice Co 64 

Cu'rran & Burton 190 

Darling Fertilizer Co., L. B 176 

Davol Rubber Co 118 

Dean Co., John M 148 

Dodge & Camfield 34 

Drake, Pavson &Whittier Electric Co., The. 128 

F:isbree & Valleau 150 

I<:xcelsior Nickel Plating Works 188 

Fearney, JohnT 100 

Fidler Brothers 76 

Gardner & Co 158 

General Fire Extinguisher Co 140 

Gilbert Brothers & Co 136 

Ginn & Co 90 

Gladding & Co., B. H 150 

Goff Co., Isaac L 10 

Goodwin Co., C. F 32 

Gorham Manufacturing Co 

Outside back cover 

Greene & Co., Geo. F 132 

Greene, Robert L 146 

Gross, G. L. & H. J 34 

HaganCo., J. H 10,142 

Harrington & Richardson Arms Co 196 

Harson, M. J 4 

Henley & Sullivan 28 

Highland Bottling Co 102 

Hope Glass Works 8 

Horsford's Acid Phosphate 54 

Household Furniture Co 156 

Huntoon & Gorham 108 

Industrial Trust Co 152 

International Correspondence School 112 

Kakas Sons, Edward 208 

Kendall Rubber Tire Co., The 198-199 

Knight & Co., E. J 26 

Leavens & Co., Owen E 28 



l.eete iV Son, George A 138 

Leland & Co., W. II 32 

Lorraine Manufacturing Co 63 

Macullar Parker Co 4n 

Manufacturers National Bank 18 

Matheson & Co., Wm. J 146 

Mechanical Fabric Co 7s 

Mersick & Co., C. S 120 

Mills, Morton & Read 208 

.Morion, H. Q 114 

Murphy, James 142 

Mutual Life Insurance Co. of New York... . 22 

Narragansett Brewing Co 80,114 

Narragansett Machine Co 164 

National India Rubber Co 152 

New England steam Brick Co 190 

Nichols, M. S 100 

Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance 

Co., The - r >4 

Parsons, Albert E 138 

Peck & Son, B. W 8 

Phenix Iron Foundry 212 

Pierce, Photographer 140 

Pomroy Coal Co., The 92 

Praray & Co., ('has. A. M 154 

Providence Belting Co 1 

Providence Coal Co 116 

Providence Gas Co 16 

Providence Machine Co 82 

Providence Photo Supply Co 12s 

Putnam Foundry & Machine Co 38 

Putney & Co., J 42 

Rhode Island Electric Protective Co 72 

Rhode Island Engraving Co 130 

Rose Co., R. L 41-45 

Rubber Tire Wheel Co 120 

Shaw E. M 134 

Sheldon \- Co., F. P 94 

Shepard Co., The 24 

Standard Mill Supply Co 86 

Starkweather Co.. I. I* 176 

Starkweather A Shepley 30 

Starkweather & Williams Co 14 

Sullivan* Sullivan 170 

Thomas & Lowe Machinery Co., The 90 

Thurber, Walter 108 

Tilden-Thurber Co 74 

Tinglev, Frank F 42 

Troup* Co., A. C 74 

Victor Rubber Tire Co., The 88 

Walker & Sons, Hiram 174 

Waterbury Brass Co . 132 

Wirth & Co., Jacob 98 

Worcester Corset Co 212 



printed BY JOURNAL OF COMMERCE CO., 101 SABIN STREET, PROVIDENCE, R. 

ROBERT GRIEVE, TREASURER. 



211 



PHENIX IRON FOUNDRY, 



20 ELM STREET, 



PROVIDENCE, R. I. 



MANUFACTURERS OF 



and 



Bleaching, Dyeing 
Finishing Machinery. 



IRON AND BRASS CASTINGS 

nade in (ireen and Dry Sand. Also LOAH WORK. 



Calender Rolls of Cotton, Paper and Husks 



A SPECIALTY. 



Calenders, Mangles, Hydraulic Presses, 

Expansion Pulleys, Tenter Machines, 

Pulleys and Gearing, Chilled Picker Balls, 
Indigo Mills, Skying Machines. 



M. W. GARDINER, JR., Secy. 



CHAS. R. EARLE, Prest. and Treas. 



RoyAL Worcester Corsets. 

Acknowledged to be the best designed, finest fitting, and 
most comfortable Corsets ever manufactured. 

The Dowager 

corset 




FOR 

STOUT ... 
FIGURES . . . . 

Worn by thousands and endorsed 
by them as 

The Best Corset 

ever produced. 

MADE IN THREE LENGTHS— 

Extra Long, Long and Medium. 

Sizes, 22 to -43 inches. 

STYLE 550, Heavy Coutil, Satteou 

strips. Sizes 22 to 30, §2.00 ; 31 

to 30, $2.25 ; 37 to 43, $2.50. 

White, Drab, Black. 

STYLE 550, SUMMER NETTING, 
(White only.) Sizes and prices 
same as above. 



RoyAL Worcester Corsets 

an» The Dowager corset 

Are sold by dealers everywhere. 
Ask your dealer FIRST. If he can't supply you, a Money-order sent ns, with size, length 
and color plainly marked, will bring Corset to you free of expense. 

/„,/,, . .,,-■ requested ft) .- nd far HANDSOME ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE. 

Worcester, mass. WORCESTER CORSET COMPANY, ch,cago. ills. 



212 



